Home

View Brochure - Mercedes

1. gt Press the OK button gt Select Ww Yes and press OK to con firm You can reset the values of the following func tions e Trip odometer e From Start trip computer e From Reset trip computer e ECO display If you reset the values in the ECO display the values in the From start trip computer are also reset If you reset the values in the From start trip computer the values in the ECO display are also reset Navigation system menu Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions e Further information on navigation can be found in the separate Audio 20 or COMAND operating instructions gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions 2 gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Navi menu Route guidance not active Direction of travel Current road Route guidance active No change of direction announced Distance to the destination Distance to the next change of direction Current road Follow the road s course symbol Se Menus and submenus ae On board computer and displays Change of direction without lane recom mendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Change
2. zA Occupant safety Safety J warning tone sounds A warning tone also sounds with increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver or front passenger unfasten their seat belts during the journey the seat belt warning is activated again For more information on the amp seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 247 Introduction The installation point of an air bag can be rec ognized by the AIR BAG symbol An air bag complements the correctly fas tened seat belt It is no substitute for the seat belt The air bag provides additional protec tion in applicable accident situations Not all air bags are deployed in an accident The different air bag systems function inde pendently from one another gt page 54 However no system available today can com pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury caused by an air bag due to the high speed at which the air bag must be deployed Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not sit in the correct seat position the air bag cannot protect as intended and could even cause additional injury when deployed This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations always make sure that all of the v
3. Telephone menu Introduction A WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary When telephoning you must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving gt Switch on the mobile phone see the man ufacturer s operating instructions gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Establish a Bluetooth connection to Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu You will see one of the following display mes sages in the multifunction display e Phone READY or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e Phone No Service there is no network available or the mobile phone is searching for a network Accepting a call gt Press the button on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call If someone calls you when you are in th
4. Dual zone automatic climate control switch on climate control primarily using the auto button General notes If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore only deactivate the Cooling with air dehumidifi cation function briefly The Cooling with air dehumidification func tion is only available when the engine is run ning The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the temperature selected Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when it is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunc tion Climate control E Climate control po Operating the climate control systems Switching on off gt To activate press the 4 button The indicator lamp in the ae button lights up gt To deactivate press the ase button The indicator lamp in the ae button goes out The Cooling with air dehumidification function has a delayed switch off feature Operating the climate control systems ae Problems with the Cooling with air dehumidification function Problem The indicator lamp in the ac button flashes three times or remains off The Cook ing with air dehumidifi cation
5. The rear window defroster has a high current draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the rear window is clear Otherwise the rear window defroster switches off auto matically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear win dow defroster may switch off Switching on off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press the QS button The indicator lamp in the RE button lights up or goes out Problem The rear window defroster has deactiva ted prematurely or can not be activated Operating the climate control systems ee Problems with the rear window defroster Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery has not been sufficiently charged gt Switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading lamps interior lighting or the seat heating When the battery is sufficiently charged the rear window defroster can be activated again General notes You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle from outside The air already inside the vehi cle will then be recirculated If you switch on air recirculation mode the windows can fog up more quickly in particu lar at low temperatures Only use air recircu lation mode briefly to prevent the windows from fogging up The operation of air recirculation mode is the same for all control p
6. cee 247 ie On board computer and displays Pal Displays and operation i On board computer and displays Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the on board computer Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal functioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have t
7. 114 Automatic headlamp mode 110 Cornering light function seses 113 FOS LAMPS ssssssscccceesestadsessseseeastessaese 111 Fogged up headlamps eee 115 Hazard warning lamps se8 113 High beam flasher eseeeeeseeeeee 113 High beam headlamps 06 112 Light SWITCH wo eeseeeseeeeeeeeees 110 Low beam headlamps 00 111 Parking lamps iriver 112 Rear fog lamp sesssisiissisiirisiseses 111 Setting exterior lighting 0 110 Standing lamps ee eeeeeseereeeeees 112 Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board com PUTET 2c iecsisecaxeionceadbesehis decesceeecszsebes 212 TUPMSISMAIS es stevscsessteceosscssteeedeesetes 112 LIM indicator lamp DISTRONIG PLUS c cccosccsccsctencesscosose 173 Loading guidelines ee 262 Locking see Central locking Locking doors AULOMATIC lt i c sssesdseescesesszsebisciesteetares 82 Emergency locking sseseeseeseeees 83 From inside central locking but LOM vecssevscectteccnss seesevscepserchaeeteesnecens 82 Locking centrally see Central locking Locking verification signal on board computer ee 213 Low beam headlamps Changing bulbs siseses 118 Display message s e 229 Switching On Off sississsssscsisstesets 111 Lumbar support Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup POM nee een ee cies 100 MES tires 5 55 ficctssecssadeceticereisieeseetient 320 Malfunction message
8. Eyeglasses compartment EJ Opens closes the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel with roller sunblinds gt Switches the front interior lighting on 4 Switches the left hand reading lamp on off Page 273 263 91 115 115 37 At a glance 4 Re Useful information eeeeeeees 40 Panic alarm e 40 Occupant safety ceeceeeeceeeeees 40 Children in the vehicle 56 Pets in the vehicle ceeeeeees 62 Driving safety systems 63 Protection against theft 71 Safety i Ei Occupant safety Occupant safety Safety Wo Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Panic alarm P O 2 7Er 3 gt To activate press and hold the panic button Q for approx one second A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed gt To deactivate press again PANIC button or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or
9. __ Driving and parking Driving Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The sensor system of some driving and driv ing safety systems adjusts automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered or after repairs Full system effectiveness is not reached until the end of this teach in proce dure New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal The more you look after the engine when it is new the more satisfied you will be with its performance in the future e You should therefore drive at varying vehi cle and engine speeds for the first 1000 miles 1500 km e Avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throt tle during this period e Change gear in good time before the tach ometer needle is 7 3 of the way to the red area of the tachometer e Do not manually shift to a lower gear to brake the
10. In order for the battery to achieve the maxi mum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged Like other batteries the vehicle battery may discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery discon nected at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further infor mation Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period Consult a qualified spe cialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Only replace a battery with a battery that has been recommended by Mercedes Benz Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power If the power supply has been interrupted e g if you reconnect the battery you will have to e set the clock via Audio 20 or COMAND see separate operating instructions e reset the function for folding the exterior mirrors in out automatically by folding the mirrors out once gt page 104 D Roadside Assistance Charging the battery Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoi
11. Stowage and features gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover Q briefly to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is conclu ded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter gt After the emergency call close cover Q If the mobile phone network is unavailable mbrace will not be able to make the emer gency call If you leave the vehicle immedi ately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed the emer gency call In this case always summon assis tance by other means Roadside Assistance button gt To call Roadside Assistance press Road side Assistance button Q This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND Audio 20 display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing th
12. button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select approximate range Q and current fuel con sumption Approximate range that can be covered is calculated according to your current driving style and the amount of fuel in the tank If there is only a small amount of fuel left in the fuel tank the display shows a vehicle being refueled lt instead of approximate range Recuperation display 3 shows you if energy has been recuperated from the kinetic energy in overrun mode and saved in the battery Recuperation display 3 depends on the engine installed and is therefore not available in all vehicles Digital speedometer gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select digital speedometer 2 A gearshift recommendation Q can also be displayed Observe the information on gearshift rec ommendation Q when shifting manually gt page 155 AMG vehicles a gearshift recommendation appears in the status area of the multifunc tion display and not in the display of the digital speedometer Resetting values gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select the function that you wish to reset
13. ceceee 320 Tire pressure 2 0 eee 322 Loading the vehicle 329 All about wheels and tires 333 Changing a wheel ceeeeee 341 Wheel and tire combinations 345 ry Wheels and tires 10 Operation __ Wheels and tires Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Important safety notes Z WARNING If wheels and tires of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an acci dent Always replace wheels and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original part When replacing wheels make sure to use the correct e designation e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model Z WARNING A flat tire severely impairs the driving steer ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire wi
14. m Maintenance and care Maintenance and care models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Engine compartment lood Important safety notes Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving Before every trip ensure that the hood is locked Z WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department Pa Engine compartment Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all Z WARNING The engine compartmen
15. Days gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before discon necting the battery or gt After reconnecting the battery subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display gt Press the O 4 button on the steer ing wheel gt Switch on the ignition gt Pressthe lt jor gt Serv menu gt Press the or W button to select the ASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm by pressing the OK button The service due date appears in the multi function display Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service interval display H If the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis play has been inadvertently reset this set ting can be corrected at a qualified special ist workshop Have service work carried out as described in the Maintenance Booklet This may oth erwise lead to increased wear and damage to the major assemblies or the vehicle button to select the A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out You can also obtain further information on maintenance work for example Special service requirements The specified maintenance interval takes only the normal operation of the vehicle into account Under arduous operating conditions or increased load on the vehicle mainte nance work mu
16. i Ud3YIL Pad Hed gt Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tire e g screws or nails gt Remove the tire sealant bottle the accom panying TIREFIT sticker and the tire infla tion compressor from the stowage well underneath the trunk floor gt page 300 gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker to the instrument cluster within the driver s field of vision gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker near the valve on the wheel with the defective tire Bip iiih bod Flat tire gt Remove filler hose and connector 3 from the bottom section of the tire inflation compressor housing 2 gt Slide the yellow filler hose connector into the mounting on yellow cap of tire seal ant bottle Q until the connector engages gt With the sealing rings in front slide yellow cap of tire sealant bottle Q into the mounting of tire inflation compressor 2 until the cap and both hooks engage gt Remove the cap from valve on the faulty tire gt Screw filler hose onto valve 7 gt Insert connector 3 into a 12 V socket gt page 271 in your vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press on off switch on the tire inflation compressor to ON The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated First tire sealant is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approx imately 500 kPa 5 b
17. Seats steering wheel and mirrors 4 Mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while driving They could otherwise vibrate If you are driving faster than 30 mph 47 km h you can no longer fold in the exterior mirrors Setting the exterior mirrors This function is only available in Canada If the battery has been disconnected or com pletely discharged the exterior mirrors must be reset The exterior mirrors will otherwise not fold in when you select the Fold in mir rors when locking function in the on board computer gt page 213 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Briefly press button Q Folding the exterior mirrors in or out automatically This function is only available in Canada If the Fold in mirrors when locking function is activated in the on board computer gt page 213 e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the out side e the exterior mirrors fold out again automat ically as soon as you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door Ifthe exterior mirrors have been folded in manually they do not fold out Exterior mirror pushed out of po
18. gt Pull down the trunk lid using handle Q gt Let the trunk lid drop into the lock gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO Opening automatically from outside Important safety notes Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 359 Opening automatically You can open the trunk lid automatically using the SmartKey or the handle in the trunk lid gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the trunk lid opens or gt If the trunk lid is unlocked pull the trunk lid handle and let it go again immediately y trom Ins Important safety notes Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always s
19. gt page 256 Driving and parking 10 Parking E Driving and parking Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle A WARNING Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty Risk of explosion or fire gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 immediately and remove it gt page 141 gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The fuel filler flap can not be opened The fuel filler flap is not unlocked gt Unlock the vehicle gt page 74 The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 76 The fuel filler flap is unlocked but the opening mechanism is jam med gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Important safety notes Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust gas flow There is a risk of fire Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate rials come into contact with parts of the vehi cle which are hot Take particular care not to park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic tra
20. Deactivating activating ESP except AMG vehicles Important safety notes You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e ESP is deactivated Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP You can deactivate or activate ESP via the on board computer gt page 210 ESP deactivated The ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up ESP activated The ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situa tions ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer
21. Driver s knee bag C deploys under the steer ing column and front passenger knee bag 2 under the glove box The driver s and front passenger knee bags are triggered together with the front air bags The driver s and front passenger knee bags offer additional thigh knee and lower leg pro tection for the occupants in the front seats Side impact air bags Z WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Fe Occupant safety Front side impact air bags Q and rear side impact air bags 2 deploy next to the outer bolster of the seat backrest When deployed the side impact air bag offers additional thorax protection It also offers additional pelvis protection for occupants in the front seats However it does not protect the e head e neck e arms In the event of a side impact the side impact air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys under the fol lowing conditions e the OCS system detects that the front
22. Parking symbol Detected parking space on the right Active Parking Assist is switched on automat ically when driving forwards The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately oo e i a ge c 00 5 T m tea Driving systems __ Driving and parking 22 mph 35 km h While in operation the system independently locates and measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle Active Parking Assist will only detect parking spaces e that are parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 59 in 1 5 m wide e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m longer than your vehicle e that are at right angles to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m wider than your vehicle Note that Active Parking Assist cannot measure the length of a parking space if it is at right angles to the direction of travel You will need to judge whether your vehicle will fit into the parking space When driving at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h you will see parking symbol as a status indicator in the instrument cluster When a parking space has been detected an arrow towards the right or the left also appears By default Active Parking Assist only displays parking spaces on the front passenger side Parking spaces on the driv er s side are displayed as soon as the turn signal on t
23. Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The power steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds A WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop The electric steering lock is malfunctioning A WARNING The steering may be locked by the electric steering lock There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Do not drive on and consult the nearest qualified specialist workshop The electric steering lock was unable to unlock the steering gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To unlock the steering move the steering wheel slightly gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock again Your vehicle is outside the network provider s transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum gt Add washer fluid gt page 290 The windshield wipers are malfunctioning
24. iad OFF The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running Eal ee A OFF The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ESP BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Self diagnosis is not yet complete A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance ma
25. injury even further If the child restraint sys tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt this should always be used Important safety notes Z WARNING If the rear seat backrests are not locked they could fold forwards in the event of an acci dent heavy braking or sudden changes of direction As a result child restraint systems cannot perform their intended protective function Rear seat backrests that are not locked can also cause additional injuries e g in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always lock rear seat backrests after instal ling a Top Tether belt Observe the lock veri fication indicator Adjust the rear seat backr ests so that they are in an upright position If the rear backrest is not engaged and locked the red lock verification indicator will be visible gt page 265 Top Tether anchorages The Top Tether anchorage points are installed in the rear compartment behind the head restraints on the parcel shelf Ea Children in the vehicle Safety _ PHEN Example Top Tether belt with one belt strap gt Press down the rear of cover in the direction of the arrow Cover is raised slightly at the front gt Fold cover upwards gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so Vehicles with adjustabl
26. ssec 244 4MATIC permanent four wheel a erence E eer core peepee ce eee 181 12 V socket see Sockets ABS Anti lock Braking System Display message ecce 218 FUNCtION NOTES csinssssrossisssssressss 63 Important safety notes s 63 Warning lam Persisti eetris 250 Accident Automatic measures after an acci GONE E E ETET 56 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 129 Active Parking Assist Detecting parking spaces 185 Display MeSSage ssori 237 Exiting a parking Space eee 187 FUNCtION NOTES ccceeseseeeeeeseeees 184 Important safety notes 0 0 184 PAP KING oe A 186 ADAPTIVE BRAKE oaee 70 Adaptive Brake Assist FUNCHION NOLES 2 2 5 0800scecesececssavece 66 Adaptive Highbeam Assist FUNCtION NOTES sssessessssiereresrassesse 114 Switching On Off ccsiscscssseceescseeace 114 Additional speedometer 212 Additives engine oil 0 356 Air bag Occupant Classification System OCS ossivestereesecscrssnnerticaetcsentee 49 Air bags Deployment 4 4 svsssssvsenederctepcesecesesessts 54 Display message eccere 228 Front air bag driver front PASSENBEN ierre e eei Ers 47 Important safety notes eee 46 att ote Utes 6 nueeeereerrercre wre errr rere rrrrear 46 Knee of I espri ann reer 48 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica LOR lampeen E ERE 41 Side impact air bag neessssiiisss 48 Window curta
27. BA 235 35 ZR19 91 Y XL 4 Winter tires R18 Tires BA 215 45 R18 93 V XL M S 4 BA 235 40 R18 95VXLM tS 4 2 Sa Wheel and tire combinations Wheels BA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm BA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Wheels BA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 67 in 42 5 mm BA 8 0 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 4 Observe the notes on Large wheels in the Wheel tire combinations section Useful information 000 352 Information regarding technical data cren e a R S Identification plates Service products and filling capaci E Technical data a Technical data Identification plates Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all aPC Bre CAME AG aT models and all standard and optional equip LO sa ment of your vehicle available at the time of a publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible i eas wl UT i i i equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and eee re functions Example vehicle identification plate USA only Read the information on qualified special VIN ist workshops gt page 24 Vehicle model Information reg
28. C gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise to allow excess pressure to escape gt Turn cap Q further counter clockwise and remove it If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank gt If necessary add coolant that has been tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap Q and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 357 oO Sm oO gt me c oO Oo c oO E Ea ASSYST PLUS E Maintenance and care Windshield washer system A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following A WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck Example gt To open pull cap 1 upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages If th
29. CLA Operator s Manual M EITTEN TT 1175848600 CLA Operator s Manual Order no 65155247 13 Part no 1175848600 Edition B 2015 Mercedes Benz Symbols Registered trademarks e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls e iPod and iTunes are registered trade marks of Apple Inc e Logic7 is a registered trademark of Har man International Industries e Microsoft and Windows media are reg istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora tion e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBig uity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are reg istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the fol lowing symbols A WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with infor mation on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle
30. Filler cap see Fuel filler flap Flat tire MOExtended tires Preparing the vehicle eee 300 TIRERIT Kitt eecsecedsseecsevecedexiveaiboseietees 302 Floormats cninn 284 Fog lamps Switching On Off scese 111 Front fog lamps Display message ssec 231 Switching On Off isssesseccisississe 111 Fuel Additives shissseeioeiiiaicsesiscerr nian 355 Consumption information 355 Consumption statistics 00 204 Displaying the current consump UOM E E reer terre rere 204 Displaying the range nsee 204 DFiVINS tip Seenen 164 ENO eener as 354 F el gauge essiri 31 Grade gasoline ssirsisscissescisssiseiss 354 Important safety notes 0 0 354 Notes for AMG vehicles 44 355 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 160 RETUCIING scesdecs4sesccztsssdsessaebetatecais 158 Tank content reserve fuel 354 Fuel filler flap OPENINE sariei 159 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPUTER aeneon 204 Fuel tank Capacity sosisini 354 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 eee 160 Fuses AllOGation Chart sisss scsccssccssresesssccase 316 Before changing essercene 315 Fuse box in the engine compart MEN ss cncesececedescssscssaaiee duce ier srir evi 315 Fuse box in the front passenger TOOEWE I EE decvenedecosecesve 316 Important safety notes 0 0 314 Garage door opener Clearing the MEMOS eee 282 General NOLES s6 cceessevsosnstersssecess 279 Impor
31. If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving posi tion Using the memory button You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear This setting can be stored using memory button M gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side Mirrors ce Seats steering wheel and mirrors i ste Memory function gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror You should see the rear wheel and the curb in the exterior mirror gt Press memory button M and one of the arrows on adjustment button within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move gt f the mirror moves out of position repeat the steps Calling up a stored parking position set ting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passenger side with the corresponding but ton gt page 103 gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position e aS soon as you
32. In addition flammable materials can ignite if e the hot cigarette lighter falls e a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to objects for example There is a risk of fire and injury Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob Always make sure that the cigarette lighter is out of reach of children Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Your attention must always be focused on the traffic conditions Only use the cigarette lighter when road and traffic conditions per mit gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Vehicles with a stowage compartment cover press the lower section of cover Q The stowage compartment opens gt Press in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out automati cally when the heating element is red hot 12 V sockets General notes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 180 W 15 A Accesso ries include such items as chargers for mobile phones If you use the sockets for long periods when the engine is switched off the battery may discharge An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine Features 271 Socket in the front
33. Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations must be adhered to SAE standard J639 included Always have work on the climate control sys tem carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Refrigerant instruction label i R 134a h eros rir a PO AJ Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Applicable standards PAG oil part number Type of refrigerant Warning symbol Q advises you about e possible dangers e having service work carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Filling capacities Model Refrigerant AMG vehicles 23 6 0 4 oz 670 10 g All other models 22 9 0 4 oz 650 10 g Model PAG oil All models 4 2 oz 120 g WEAGE ELT he Vehicle data Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload Model Opening height AMG vehicles 68 0 in 1727 mm 68 9 in 1749 mm All other models Vehicle width 80 0 in 2032 mm including exterior mirrors Wheelbase 106 3 in 2699 mm Turning radius 36 1 ft 11 m Py Technical data 360 TST 2 lt S o m MAA ER ELT 220 5 Ib 100 kg
34. Step 2 Number of people in the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the occupants Weight of the occu pants Gross weight of all occupants Example 1 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 1 5 Front 2 Rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Example 2 Example 3 1500 Ibs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 2 Example 3 3 1 Front 1 Front 1 Rear 2 Occupant 1 200 lbs Occupant 1 150 Ibs 91 kg 68 kg Occupant 2 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 150 Ibs 68 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Step 3 Example 1 Permissible load 1500 Ibs 680 kg maximum gross vehi 750 Ibs 340 kg cleweightratingfrom 750 lbs 340 kg the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occu pants Even if you have calculated the total cargo carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 329 Permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers load and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissi ble gross vehicle weight Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR the maximum permissible we
35. The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident 4 gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunc tioning gt Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is temporarily not opera tional Possible causes are e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low e AMG vehicles ESP is deactivated When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt
36. The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions ee EL Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions partially laden and fully laden are defined in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ Bib DTT dt Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 Rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 335 If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighter loads and or lower road speeds the pressures should be reset to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pressure table may have a negative effect on driving comfort If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified spe cialist workshop Important notes on tire pressure Z WARNING If the tire pressure drops repeatedly the wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire pressure
37. The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment The combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not Rim This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side All about wheels and tires Speed rating The speed rating is part of the tire identifica tion It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants lug gage and the drawbar noseweight if applica ble The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occu pants fuel luggage and the drawb
38. gt To open open clamps 2 gt Fold up cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it Di Roadside Assistance Le Roadside Assistance gt To close check whether the seal is lying correctly in cover Q gt Insert cover Q at the back into openings on the fuse box gt Fold down cover Q gt Hook clamps 2 into the fuse box and close gt Close the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses a a gt To open open the front passenger door gt Remove the floormat gt Fold out perforated floor covering Q in the direction of the arrow gt To release cover 3 press retaining clamp 2 gt Fold out cover 3 in the direction of the arrow to the catch gt Remove cover Q forwards Fuse allocation chart is located on the lower right hand side of cover gt To close insert cover on the left hand side of the fuse box into the retainer Cover engages in the retainers gt Fold down cover 3 until clamps lock audibly gt Fold back perforated floor covering gt Install the floormats ee EA Useful information cece 318 Important safety notes 318 Operation e ie 318 Winter operation
39. panel closed The residual heat function can only be acti vated or deactivated with the ignition switched off gt page 135 Always keep the ventilation flaps behind the side trim panel in the cargo compartment clear gt page 119 Otherwise the vehicle will not be ventilated correctly Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the con venience opening feature gt page 87 This will speed up the cooling process and the desired interior temperature will be reached more quickly The integrated filter filters out most par ticles of dust and soot and completely fil ters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pol lutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be shorter than stated in the Maintenance Booklet It is possible that under certain circum stances the residual heat function may be activated automatically an hour after the SmartKey has been removed in order to dry the automatic climate control The vehicle is then ventilated for 30 minutes Overview of climate control systems Air conditioning system control panel we Eet Climate control 4 USA only Sets the temperature gt page 131 Defrosts
40. s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capa city calculated in step 4 P Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires se Loading the vehicle Example steps 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 329 The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Step 1 Combined maximum weight of occupants and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard
41. Buttons on board computer Cleaning Important safety notes Paddle shifters Steering wheel paddle shifters Stopwatch RACETIMER Stowage compartments Armrest front Armrest under Center console Center console rear CUP MOG ONS oeei eerror Eyeglasses compartment 263 GIOVE 010 EEE ER ETT 263 Important safety information 263 Map pokets 0 ccscscscsssceasbcarstesseies 265 Stowage NET ee eeeeecestesceseeseteeeeeees 265 Under driver s seat front passenger Seat siess 264 Stowage net a se essees 265 Stowage well beneath the trunk POOR eserse s EEEE 267 Summer tires eeeeeseeteeeeeees 320 SUN VISOF sscsecctectiestanced nuisances 269 Switching air recirculation mode ONY OFF cera cet hetee cect tect 135 WaChOmete lis ssc2 isiees seasiedetadecsss dase 201 Tail lamps Display message seere 230 see Lights Tank content F el SaUSC iescisceedis che tideciieeeheac s 31 Technical data Capacite Sgene 353 Imoma tOM essas 352 TireS WhEEIS ececeesecceeseseeeeenees 345 Vehicledata screeni iiss 359 Telephone Accepting a call multifunction steering wheel sesscsccereeee 208 Display message 245 IMrOdUCtiOM seess a 208 Menu on board computer 208 Number from the phone book 208 Redialin Seremonien E 209 Rejecting ending a call 208 Temperature Coolant stan EEE T 200 Coolant on board computer AMG Vehicles i c
42. Central locking unlocking SMANEKCY ariere ori ersa Control panel sssini Display MeSSage seeeeseeeseeeeees Emergency locking neseser Emergency unlocking sssi Important safety notes s es Opening from inside eee Drinking and driving Drive program AULOMAtI Cs 3 c5c22eeceecteees2teereeeeesest DIS PIAY siirretiin Display DIRECT SELECT lever Manual ccs cseie lt cs sess lt esbaczesssezesopatesstceees SETUP on board computer Driver s door see Doors Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service eee Driving on flooded roads Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System ADAPTIVE BRAKE eceeceeeeteeseeeees Adaptive Brake Assist eeeeeeeee BAS Brake Assist System COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Distance warning function EBD electronic brake force distri DUTON isise scen assesses asessarseactteceas ESP Electronic Stability Pro BRAIN EEEN ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction SYSTOM A E cacsvadh siteny Important safety information 63 OVETVICW aeee 63 STEER CONTROL creierii 70 Driving systems Active Parking Assist eee 184 ATTENTION ASSIST oee 192 Blind Spot Assist cee eeeeeeeeeseeees 194 Cruise CONtIOI oo eeeeeeeeseeseeereeeees 169 Display MeSSage snis 235 DISTRONIC PLUS eee eeeeeeeeeees 171 HOLD tunGtiom icinkecelandi 178 Lane Keeping Assist
43. If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 49 The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee bag are enabled during the journey even though e a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys tem s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect objects or forces applying additional weight on the seat A WARNING The front passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag may be triggered unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the center console and the multifunction display and
44. OF or gt Press the 8 or button The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic air distribution and airflow are deactivated Setting the temperature Air conditioning system You can set the temperature for the entire vehicle The set temperature is automatically maintained at a constant level gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To increase reduce turn control Q clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 125 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Dual zone automatic climate control Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides The set temperature is automatically maintained at a constant level gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To increase reduce turn thumbwheel 1 or 9 to the left or right gt page 127 Only Sem c e oO oO oO re Operating the climate control systems Climate control lad change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Air conditioning system Air distribution settings w4 Directs air through the defroster vents i Directs air through the center and side air vents r Directs air through the footwell air vents You can also activate several air distribu tion settings si
45. Practical tips or further information that could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed gt Several of these symbols in succes sion indicate an instruction with sev eral steps gt This symbol tells you where you can page find more information about a topic gt This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page Dis This text indicates a message in the play multifunction COMAND Audio dis play Parts of the software in the vehicle are pro tected by copyright 2005 The FreeType Project http www freetype org All rights reserved Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Daimler AG not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG MercedesstraBe 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 09 05 2014 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instruc tions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or
46. Restart the engine gt AMG vehicles reactivate ESP gt page 68 Display messages es Display messages Collision Preven tion Assist Plus Inoperative Radar Sensors Dirty See Opera tor s Manual sr SRS Malfunction Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is temporarily inoperative due to a malfunction Adaptive Brake Assist may also have failed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop At least one of the following driving systems or driving safety sys tems is temporarily restricted or inoperative e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS e DISTRONIC PLUS Possible causes are e the sensors in the radiator trim and or in the bumpers are dirty e the function of the driving system and or driving safety system is impaired due to heavy rain or snow A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears All driving systems driving safety systems are operative again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Switch off the engine gt Clean the sensors in the following locations gt page 295 e in the radiator trim e in the front bumper e in the rear bumper particularly in the middle of the rear bumper gt Res
47. Z WARNING Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous As a result plastic parts may come loose in the event of air bag deploy ment There is a risk of injury Do not use any care products and cleaning agents to clean the cockpit H Do not affix the following to plastic surfa ces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or use leather care agents that have been recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning genuine wood and trim ele ments H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners pol ishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces The trim pieces have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth instead whe
48. approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which is not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehicle s operating safety Checking brake lining thickness You can measure the break pad lining thick ness using a test gage Color coding green or red on the test gage allows you to determine whether the brake pad lining thickness is still sufficient The test gage is in the vehicle docu ment wallet in the glove box Po es bad yt Front wheel Driving and parking ise Drivingtips _ Driving and parking Rear wheel gt Bring the vehicle and wheels into a suitable position so that you can attach test gage gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Engage park position P gt Switch off the engine gt Place test gage 6 between the wheel s spokes on brake pad lining gt Hold test gage vertically on brake disc and slide measuring pin onto brake disc Q gt Check which color field the arrow on measuring pin is pointing to Green the brake pad lining thickness is sufficient Red the brake pad lining thickness is not sufficient Have the brake pads lining checked at a qualified specialist workshop To avoid an inaccurate measurement e make sure you position the wheels suitably e do not put the measuring pin on a recess in the brake disc Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a da
49. e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced An electronic speed limiter prevents your tire T vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph e Light Load represents a light load tire 210 km h e C D E represents a load range that id The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac depends on the maximum load that the tire 3 tory may be higher than the maximum speed can carry at a certain pressure Q that the electronic speed limiter permits Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi Make sure that your tires have the required ate from the data in the example speed rating e g when buying new tires The required speed rating for your vehicle canbe Maximum load rating ia found in the Tires section gt page 345 Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop Maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight for which the tire is approved Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi 1 OrM S 4 for winter tires All about wheels and tires Wheels and tires ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 329 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration DOT Tire Identification Number TIN US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manufacturer or retreader must imprint a TIN
50. e g not on the pavement Detecting parking spaces Objects located above the height range of Active Parking Assist will not be detected when the parking space is measured These are not taken into account when the parking procedure is calculated e g overhanging loads tail sections or loading ramps of goods vehicles Driving systems ee Z WARNING If there are objects above the detection range e Active Park Assist may steer too early e the vehicle may not stop in front of these objects You may cause a collision as a result There is a risk of an accident If there are objects above the detection range stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist For further information on the detection range gt page 181 Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces at right angles to the direc tion of travel if e two parking spaces are located directly next to one another e the parking space is directly next to a low obstacle such as a low curb e you park forwards Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces that are parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel if e the parking space is on a curb e the system reads the parking space as being blocked for example by foliage or grass paving blocks e the area is too small for the vehicle to maneuver into e the parking space is bordered by an obsta cle e g a tree a post or a trailer Detected parking space on the left
51. gt Read the tire pressure and compare it to the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire pressure table gt page 322 gt If the tire pressure is too low increase the tire pressure to the recommended value gt If the tire pressure is too high release air To do so press down the metal pin in the valve using the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure checker gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires General notes While the vehicle is in motion the tire pres sure loss warning system monitors the set tire pressure using the rotational speed of the wheels This enables the system to detect significant pressure loss ina tire If the speed of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of a loss of pressure a corresponding warning message will appear in the multifunction dis play Youcan recognize the tire pressure loss warn ing in the multifunction display in the Serv menu by the Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message Further information on displaying this message can be found under Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 326 Important safety notes The tire pressure warning system does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 322 The tire pressure loss warning does not replace
52. gt page 153 Activating RACE START gt Depress the brake pedal with your left foot and keep it depressed gt Pull and hold both steering wheel paddle shifters gt The RACE START Confirm Paddle UP Cancel Paddle DOWN message appears in the multifunction display gt Release both steering wheel paddle shift ers If the activation conditions are no longer fulfilled RACE START is canceled The RACE START Not Possible See Opera tor s Manual message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel pull the left steering wheel pad dle shifter gt page 154 or gt To confirm pull the right steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 The RACE START Available Depress gas pedal message appears in the multi function display if you do not depress the accelerator pedal within a few seconds RACE START is canceled The multifunction display shows the RACE START Canceled message gt Fully depress the accelerator pedal The engine speed is increased The RACE START Release brake to start message appears in the multifunc tion display If you do not release the brake pedal within a short time RACE START will be canceled The multifunction display shows the RACE START Canceled message gt Take your foot off the brake but keep the accelerator pedal depressed The vehicle pulls away at maximum accel eration The RACE START Active message appears in the multifunction display RACE START is
53. in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables the tire manufacturers or retread ers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affec ted tires The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifi cation code Q tire size tire type code and manufacturing date DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q marks that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manu facturer identification code provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols For further information about retreaded tires see gt page 318 Tire size identifier describes the tire size Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire charact
54. opens When doing so do not hold cover 4 shut gt Remove battery tray cover Q PRG ADE gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive ter minal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is free of lint grease and other contaminants gt Insert the front tabs of battery tray cover 1 and then press to close it gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 77 gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Problem You cannot lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO or KEYLESS GO start func tion try again to lock unlock the vehicle using the remote con trol function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the g or button If this does not work gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 77 and replace it if nec essary gt page 78 gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Vehicles wit
55. press the or amp button i Menus and submenus bo On board computer and displays e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 176 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 64 e ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 192 e Lane Keeping Assist gt page 196 gt Press W to display the ATTEN TION ASSIST assessment Deactivating activating ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 67 A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activating deactivating ESP on AMG vehi cles gt page 68 For further information about ESP see gt page 67 gt Start the engine gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press A or W to select ESP gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the OK button again ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continuously when the engine is running If the and amp warning
56. shop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Coolant Important safety notes Z WARNING If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Let the engine cool down before you add anti freeze Make sure that antifreeze is not spilled Service products and filling capacities next to the filler neck Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from components before starting the engine E Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB BeVo 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Or con tact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Comply with the important safety precautions for service products when handling coolant gt page 353 The coolant is a mixture of water and anti freeze c
57. that it must be replaced e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe here the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 301 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km They only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the lat est regardless of wear With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor and on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes Benz Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with a flat tire gt page 301 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Winter opera
58. they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Z WARNING Flammable materials introduced through environmental influence or by animals can ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or parts of the engine that heat up There is a risk of fire Carry out regular checks to make sure that there are no flammable foreign materials in the engine compartment or in the exhaust system H Do not depress the accelerator when starting the engine General notes During a cold start the engine runs at higher speeds to enable the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature The sound of the engine may change during this time A Driving and parking si ving L_ Driving and parking Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P gt page 149 The transmission position display in the multifunction display shows P gt page
59. up gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The automatic transmission is malfunctioning gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The automatic transmission is malfunctioning gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The automatic transmission has overheated gt Drive on carefully The automatic transmission is available again when the display message goes out If the display message continues to be displayed gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and the display message has disappeared Display messages ES Fy On board computer and displays a Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Auxiliary Battery Malfunction Trans 0il Overhea ted Drive on with Care 4matic Currently Unavailable Amatic Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer being charged gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop at the next opportunity gt Until then set the selector lever to position P before you switch off the engine gt Before
60. 5 kg a al gt To open pull handle Q up and fold cover 2 forwards Stowage space in the rear Stowage compartment in the rear center console gt To open pull down the top of stowage compartment 1 by the edge of the handle Depending on the vehicle s equipment there may be an open stowage space above the stowage compartment Parcel nets are located e in the front passenger footwell e on the back of the driver s and the front passenger seat e on the left and right hand side in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 and the safety notes regarding stowage spaces gt page 263 gt To open fold down seat armrest Q gt Pull the center head restraint on the rear bench seat into the uppermost position gt page 98 Stowage areas ae gt Slide locking mechanism in the direc tion of the arrow gt Swing flap fully to the side Flap is held open by a magnet gt To close swing flap in the trunk back until it engages gt Fold armrest Q up fully if necessary Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 Important safety notes Z WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no long
61. A person in the front passenger seat could then for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior espe cially if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible e the person is seated correctly Make sure both before and during the jour ney that the status of the front passenger front air bag is correct Z WARNING If you secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit up the front passenger front air bag may deploy in an accident The child could be struck by the air bag This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that the front passenger front air bag has been disabled The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat You can find more information on OCS under Problems with the Occupant Classification
62. Carefully drive a short distance on a suitable stretch of road making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS BAS ESP the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed The LA J 8 and rake USA only Canada only warning lamps in the instrument cluster may also light up ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example Display messages Es Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately ESP BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASS
63. DIAY upiana r 149 151 Transmission positions 00 152 Automatic transmission emer gency mode l 158 Backup lamp Display message cce 231 BAS Brake Assist System 64 Battery SmartKey CHECKING yc ccseespseopsreescieencectcsssess 77 Important safety notes eee 77 REPIACING caves sesesnessostcdeverseceinsteeses ess 78 Battery vehicle Charen E seeen e i 307 Display message ecer 234 Important safety notes s 305 JUMP starting oo eeeeseeeeeeeeeees 309 Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on board COMpPUE sirisser 211 Display message ceecee 236 Notes fUNCtION oo eeeeeeseeeeeeenees 194 Brake fluid Display message n c 224 NOTOS ae E 357 Brake force distribution see EBD electronic brake force distribution Brake lamps Changing bulbs 119 Display MESSA geoes 230 Brakes ABS ccsisccasedesdetuesdececssastassladvicsecacsaacess 63 Adaptive Brake Assist e eeeee 66 BAS oriee E CATE EEE 64 Brake fluid notes seeeseeeeeee 357 Display message eccer 218 EBD Aiesa enri NE RSS 70 Hill Start ASSISt rosers 145 HOLD UNCON ceeateacciietes ts 178 Important safety notes 165 Maint nanCE seiirt 166 Parking brake ec eeseeeeeseeseeeeees 162 Riding FIPS sis cccecscescesetetensescsssdsabecanes 165 Warning lamp seesceeseeseeeeeeeeees 249 Breakdown see Flat tire Brightness control instrument cluster lighting c
64. DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance gt f the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance If you switch the engine off with the trans mission in position R or D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically With the SmartKey if you then open the driver s door or the front passenger door or remove the SmartKey from the ignition the automatic transmission shifts to P automati cally With the Start Stop button if you then open the driver s door or the front passenger door the automatic transmission shifts to P automatically If you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral N e g when having the vehicle cleaned in an automatic car wash with a towing system Using the SmartKey gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock With the Start Stop button gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the i
65. Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer opera tional and are unable to perform their inten ded protective function This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten sioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If Emergency Tensioning Devices are trig gered or air bags are deployed you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released The restraint system warn ing lamp lights up Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released gener ally does not constitute a health hazard but it Ea Occupant safety may cause short term breathing difficulties in people with asthma or other respiratory prob lems To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle or open the windows as soon as it is safe to do so Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension ing Devices ETDs contain perchlorate mate rial which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guide lines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Method of operation During the first stage of a collision the restraint system control unit evaluates impor tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler ation or acceleration such as e duration e direction e intensity Bas
66. Furthermore the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi tion in relation to the air bag The seat belt system comprises e Seat belts e Emergency Tensioning Devices for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear e Seat belt force limiters for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outlet quickly or with a jerky movement the belt retractor locks The belt strap cannot be extracted any further The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens the seat belt in an accident pulling the belt close against the body However it does not pull the vehicle occupant back in the direction of the backrest The Emergency Tensioning Device does not correct an incorrect seat position or the rout ing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt When triggered a seat belt force limiter helps to reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the vehicle occupant The seat belt force limiters for the front seats are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the deceleration force This can reduce the force exerted on the vehi cle occupants during an accident H If the front passenger seat is unoccupied do not insert the belt tongue into the buckle of the front passenger seat This may oth erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device in the event of an accident which will then need to be replaced Important safety no
67. H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals gt Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals in the exterior mirror housing using a wet sponge and mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths E Maintenance and care Cleaning the sensors H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a dis tance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer Maintenance and care gt Clean sensors of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth Cleaning the rear view camera H Donotclean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer gt Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens 4 Cleaning the exhaust pipes Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them H Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid based cleaning agents such as bathroom cleaner
68. If DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multi function display for approximately five sec onds Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the instru ment cluster Displays in the speedometer Example DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the speed ometer When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and there are no vehicles detected in front one or two segments 2 in the set speed range light up If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front segments 2 between speed of the vehicle in front and stored speed light up For design reasons the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DISTRONIC PLUS Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deacti vated In the Assistance menu gt page 209 of the on board computer you can select the assis tance display Assistance graphic Vehicle in front if detected Distance indicator current distance to the vehicle in front Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle gt Select the Assistance Info Display function using the on board computer gt page 209 Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is activa ted You will initially see the stored speed for about five seconds when you activate DISTRONIC PLUS Assistance graphic Vehicle in front if detected Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Ow
69. Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Blind Spot Assist Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there have been no lane markings for an extended period e the lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Lane Keeping Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Clean the windshield Lane Keeping Assist is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature range The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors When the causes stated above no longer apply the
70. Q flashes while the connection is being made The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND Audio 20 display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button in COMAND Audio 20 for example Voice output is not available in this case A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other prod ucts and services from Mercedes Benz You can find further information on the mbrace system under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if e the indicator lamp in MB Info call button amp il is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was estab lished This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt T
71. System gt page 53 Z WARNING If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and you position the front passenger seat too close to the dashboard in the event of an accident the child could e come into contact with the vehicle s inte rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is lit for example e be struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON is lit up This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt outlet If necessary adjust the vehicle belt outlet and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions If OCS determines that e the front passenger seat is unoccupied the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated the front passenger seat is occupied by a child of up to 12 months old in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger fron
72. The engine can be switched off automatically a maximum of four times first stop and three subsequent stops in succession Automatic engine start The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button e in transmission position D or N the brake pedal is released and the HOLD function is not active e you depress the accelerator pedal e you engage reverse gear R e you move the transmission out of position P e you unfasten your seat belt or open the driver s door e the vehicle starts to roll e the brake system requires this e the temperature in the vehicle interior devi ates from the set range e the system detects moisture on the wind shield when the air conditioning system is switched on e the battery s condition of charge is too low Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine oi ving Deactivating activating the ECO start stop function Indicator lamp goes out gt To activate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp lights up If the indicator lamp on the ECO button is off the ECO start stop function has been deac tivated manually or as the result of a mal function Problems with the engine Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine does not The HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is activated start gt Deactivate the HOLD function gt page 178 or DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 gt T
73. The power supply is switched off again if e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q twice when in this position gt To switch on the ignition press Start Stop button Q twice The ignition is switched on The ignition is switched off when e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q twice when in this position Start Stop button USA Start Stop button Canada Removing the Start Stop button You can remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock and start the vehicle as nor mal using the SmartKey You can only switch between Start Stop but ton mode and SmartKey operation when the vehicle is stationary You must also engage park position P gt Remove Start Stop button Q from ignition lock You do not have to remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock when you leave the vehicle You should however always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehi cle As long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle e the vehicle can be started using the Start Stop button e the electrically powered equipment can be operated Starting the engine Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example
74. There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them The handling characteristics of a laden vehi cle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Never exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle mass or the gross axle weight rating for the vehicle including occupants The values are specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar of the driver s door e The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects e Position heavy loads as far forwards as pos sible and as low down in the trunk as pos sible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e Always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Use the cargo tie down rings and the parcel nets to transport loads and luggage e Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropri
75. There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The seats can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock Z WARNING When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat Observe the safety notes on Air bags gt page 46 and Children in the vehicle gt page 56 A WARNING If the driver s seat is not engaged it could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in motion This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always make sure that the driver s seat is engaged before starting the vehicle Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if youdo the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine A WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjust ment buttons and become trapped There is a
76. They can be operated together with the parking lamps or together with the parking lamps and low beam head lamps gt To switch on the front fog lamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or gt Press the 40 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up gt To switch off the front fog lamps press the 40 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out AUTO Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog Please take note of the country Exterior lighting Eo Lights and windshield wipers E S Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers td specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps gt To switch on the rear fog lamps turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or auto gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the o button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out When the rear fog lamp is switched on the center brake lamp in the tail lamp switches off due to a legal requ
77. Where will find 0 eee 300 Flat tire ccn error ees 300 Battery vehicle eeee 305 Jump starting e 309 Towing and tow starting 311 FUSES ooe A A erates 314 O Roadside Assistance Flat tire Ld Roadside Assistance Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Where will find General notes Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit the TIREFIT kit is located in the stowage well under the trunk floor Vehicles with a tire change tool kit the tire change tool kit is in the stowage well under the trunk floor Apart from certain country specific varia tions the vehicles are not equipped with a tire change tool kit Some tools for chang ing a wheel are specific to the vehicle For more information on which tire changing tools are required and approved to perform a wheel change on your vehicle consult a qualified specialist workshop Tools required for changing a wheel may include for example e Jack e Wheel chock e Lug wrench e Alignment bolt Vehicles with a
78. a maximum load of 1 356 Ib 615 kg that the tires can bear For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and Ibs see gt page 337 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 337 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic condi tions Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h Speed rating S up to 112 mph 180 km h il up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h WwW up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186 mph 300 km h ZR over 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR18 The service specification is made up of load bearing index 6 and speed rating If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifica tions ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service specification Example 245 40
79. active tire pressure monitor If a pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e observe the instructions in the display mes sages gt page 239 e check the tire for damage e if driving on observe the following notes The driving distance possible in run flat mode is approximately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving dis tance possible depends upon e vehicle speed e road condition e outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be reduced by extreme driving condi tions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving The driving distance possible in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction dis play i Ki N 2 lt oO wn me iy fe Flat tire ln Roadside Assistance You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h When replacing one or all tires please observe the following specifications for your vehicle s tires e size e type and e the MOExtended mark If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with a MOExtended tire a standard tire may be used as a temporary measure Make sure that you use the proper size and type sum mer or winter tire Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tir
80. adult The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up and or does not stay on The front passenger seat is e unoccupied e occupied by the weight of a child up to 12 months old ina child restraint sys tem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The classification of the person on the front passenger seat is incorrect gt Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per son on the front passenger seat are met gt page 49 gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit the front passenger seat may not be used gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety E OCS is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child seat gt Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system must lie as flat as pos sible against the backrest of the front passenger seat If nec essary adjust the position of the front passenger seat gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front passenger seat adjustment This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly gt Check for correct installation of the child restraint system Make sure that the head
81. any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and War ranty Information booklet have an author ized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement The new Service and War ranty Information booklet will be posted to you Information for customers in Califor nia Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a rea sonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its author ized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunc tion has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly noti fied Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion of a less serious nature than cate gory 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly n
82. are poor trailer stabilization will not be able to prevent the vehicle trailer combination from swerv ing Trailers with a high center of gravity can tip over before ESP can detect this There is a risk of an accident Always adapt your driving style to the prevail ing road and weather conditions If your vehicle with trailer vehicle trailer combination begins to lurch you can only stabilize the vehicle trailer combination by depressing the brake firmly ESP trailer stabilization is active above speeds of about 65 km h ESP trailer stabilization does not work if ESP is deactivated or disabled because of a malfunction General information EBD monitors and controls the brake pres sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 A WARNING If EBD is malfunctioning the rear wheels can lock e g under full braking This increases the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have the brake system checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 250 as well as dis play messages gt page 220 ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addi tion to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD functio
83. away and adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front If no vehicle is detected in front your vehi cle accelerates to the set speed Driving systems Driving and parking Driving systems If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front has slowed down it brakes your vehicle In this way the distance you have selected is maintained If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a faster moving vehicle in front it increases the driving speed The vehicle is only accelerated up to the speed you have stored Selecting the drive program DISTRONIC Plus supports a sporty driving style when you have selected the S or M driv ing program gt page 153 Acceleration behind the vehicle in front or to the set speed is then noticeably more dynamic If you have selected the E AMG vehicles C drive pro gram the vehicle accelerates more gently This setting is recommended in stop and start traffic _ Driving and parking Changing lanes If you change to the passing lane DISTRONIC PLUS supports you when e you are driving faster than 70 km h e DISTRONIC PLUS is maintaining the dis tance to a vehicle in front e you switch on the appropriate turn signal e DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a danger of collision If these conditions are fulfilled your vehicle is accelerated Acceleration will be interrupted if changing lanes takes too l
84. base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cush ion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them Only replace damaged covers with genuine covers Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change in direction The child restraint system could be thrown about strik ing vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems prop erly even if they are not being used Make sure that you observe the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instructions You will find further information on stowing objects luggage or loads under Loading guidelines gt page 262 Z WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing sys tems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the secur ing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist worksh
85. be initiated in critical situations If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situation the COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS adaptive Brake Assist assists you Important safety notes In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line e new vehicles or after a service on the COL LISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS system Observe the notes in the section on break ing in gt page 140 Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Distance warning function Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 63 Z WARNING The distance warning function does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering Thus the distance warning function cannot provide a warning in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to th
86. blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Always maintain a distance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door gaps roof gaps joints etc e electrical components e battery e connectors e lights e seals e trim e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures H Edition 1 special model parts of your vehicle are covered with a decorative foil Maintain a distance of at least 70 cm between the foil wrapped parts of the vehi cle and the nozzle of the power washer Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Cleaning the paintwork H Do not affix e stickers e films e magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork Scratches corrosive deposits areas affected by corrosion and damage caused by inade quat
87. braking function requires a particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated simultaneously Adaptive Brake Assist Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis tance in hazardous situations at speeds above 4 mph 7 km h It uses radar sensor technology to assess the traffic situation A WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situa tions In such cases Adaptive Brake Assist can e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result the Adaptive Brake Assist may not intervene in all critical conditions There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter vene If adaptive Brake Assist is not available due to a malfunction in the radar sensor system the brake system remains available with full brake boosting effect and BAS With the help of a
88. by Mercedes Benz Comply with the instructions for use on the product label More information about recommen ded additives can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends that you use branded fuels that have additives The quality of the fuel available in some coun tries may not be sufficient Residue could build up in the injection system as a result In such cases and in consultation with an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the gaso line may be mixed with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes Benz You must observe the notes and mixing ratios specified on the container Fuel consumption information Environmental note CO carbon dioxide is the gas which scien tists believe to be principally responsible for global warming the greenhouse effect Your vehicle s CO emissions are directly related to fuel consumption and therefore depend on b gt O Technical data E Technical data e efficient use of the fuel by the engine e driving style e other non technical factors such as envi ronmental influences road conditions or traffic flow You can minimize your vehicle s CO emis sions by driving carefully and having it serv iced regularly The vehicle will use more fuel than usual in the following situations e at very low outside temperatures e in city traffic e on short journeys e in mountainous terrain gine oil General notes H Ne
89. call can also be initiated man ually As soon as the emergency call has been ini tiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display Allimportant information on the emergency is transmitted for example e current location of the vehicle as deter mined by the GPS system e vehicle identification number e information on the severity of the accident Shortly after the emergency call has been ini tiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assis tance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable to initiate an emergency call This can occur for example if the relevant mobile phone network is not available The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes con tinuously The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means Making an emergency call j Stowage and features
90. collision you will be warned visually and acoustically DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre vent a collision without your intervention An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Brake immediately in order to increase the distance to the vehicle in front or take evasive action provided it is safe to do so DISTRONIC PLUS operates in range between O mph O km h and 120 mph 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving on roads with steep gradients Important safety notes A WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS does not react to e people or animals e stationary obstacles on the road e g stop ped or parked vehicles e oncoming and crossing traffic As aresult DISTRONIC PLUS may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly iden tify other road users and complex traffic sit uations b gt E Driving and parking Driving systems Driving and parking In such cases DISTRONIC PLUS may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e neither give a warning nor intervene e accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Continue to drive carefully and be ready to brake in particular when warned to do so by DISTRONIC PLUS Z WARNING DISTRO
91. compartment center console s i i its gt Vehicles with a stowage compartment cover press the lower section of cover 1 The stowage compartment opens gt Lift up the cover of socket Socket in the rear compartment center console Stowage and features gt Pull cover Q out by its top edge gt Lift up the cover of socket 2 Socket in the trunk Stowage and features gt Lift up the cover of socket Q General notes The mbrace system is only available in the USA You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To log in press the G i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 Shortly after successfully registering with the mbrace service a user ID and password will be sent to you by mail You can use this pass word to log onto the mbrace area under Own ers Online at http www mbusa com The system is available if e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Cus tomer Center e a service subscription is available e the starter battery is suffi
92. deactivated when the vehicle reaches a speed of approximately 50 km h Drive program S is activated SPORT handling mode remains activated RACE START is deactivated immediately if you release the accelerator pedal during RACE START or if any of the activation condi tions are no longer fulfilled The RACE START Not Possible or RACE START Canceled message appears in the multifunction dis play If RACE START is used repeatedly within a short period of time it is only available again after the vehicle has been driven a certain distance E Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the differential Damage of this sort is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full contact with the ground 4MATIC together with ESP improves the traction of your vehicle whenever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip If you fail to adapt your driving style 4MATIC can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics 4MATIC cannot take account of road weather and traffic con ditions 4MATIC is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip e Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulli
93. displays trip odometer Q and odometer is shown Trip computer From Start or From Reset Distance Driving time Average speed Average fuel consumption gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select From Start or From Reset The values in the From Start submenu are calculated from the start of a journey whilst the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt page 205 The From Start trip computer is automati cally reset when e the ignition has been switched off for more than four hours e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9 999 miles have been exceeded The From Reset trip computer is automati cally reset if the value exceeds 9 999 hours or 99 999 miles ECO display The ECO display is not available for AMG vehi cles gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or _W_ button to select ECO DISPLAY If the ignition remains switched off for longer than four hours the ECO display will be auto matically reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 165 Displaying the range and current fuel consumption On AMG vehicles only approximate range 1 is shown gt Pressthe lt or
94. e Vigorous rubbing with unsuitable mate rials e Frequent use of car washes e Washing the vehicle in direct sunlight H Never use paint cleaner buffing or pol ishing products or gloss preserver e g wax These products are only suitable for high gloss surfaces Their use on vehicles with matte finish leads to considerable sur face damage shiny spotted areas Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Do not use wash programs with a hot wax treatment under any circumstances Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clear matte finish This will help you to avoid damage to the paintwork due to incorrect treatment These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with a clear matte finish The vehicle should preferably be washed by hand using a soft sponge car shampoo and plenty of water Use only insect remover and car shampoo from the range of approved Mercedes Benz care products Cleaning the vehicle parts Cleaning the wheels Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Do notuse acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wh
95. eee 196 Lane Tracking package eee 194 PARKTRONIC eecessesseeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 RACE START AMG vehicles 180 Rear VIEW CAMETA sssssisssssssisssissssssss 189 Driving tips Automatic transmission ss 152 BrakeS s s cseccesscestopseevobececnsecucnsnstess 165 Breakin period c scscsescceseesesensseses 140 Checking brake lining thickness 167 DISTRONIC PLUS is ccccisscceusctesstdecees 177 Downhill gradient eeeeseeseeeees 166 Drinking and driving esee 164 Driving in winter asses 168 Driving on flooded roads 168 Driving on wet roads s e 168 Exha ust Gh GK vesc0s csssscecsvecevseeeseee 164 FUCL EE EEEE EE 164 General ncnncasnsiedanasnas 163 HYGrOplaning s csscssectssevscbescoepesadecs 168 Icy road surfaces eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 168 Limited braking efficiency on sal ted TOad Sissid 166 STOW CHAINS s sitenin 321 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 140 Wet road surface ee eeeeeeeereeeeee 166 DVD video Operating on board computer 207 EBD electronic brake force distri bution Display message seeren 220 FUNCHION NOLES sssrinin 70 ECO display FUNCtION Note Soeren 165 On board computer ECO start stop function Automatic engine start Automatic engine switch off Deactivating activating General information Important safety notes Introduction Emergency Automatic measures after an acci Emergency release Driver s door Vehicle Emergency Te
96. engine A WARNING Children could injure them adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle head restraint ad restraint steer Release lever To adjust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment selves if they gt Push release lever Q down completely The steering column is unlocked gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position gt Push release lever Q up completely Z WARNING The steering column is locked gt Check if the steering column is locked When doing so try to push the steering If the steering wheel is unlocked while the wheel up or down or try to move it in the vehicle is in motion it could change position fore and aft direction unexpectedly This could c ause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare lever forwards or back Adjusting the exterior mirrors Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if youdo the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before st
97. exceed a speed of 9 mph 15 km h e about ten seconds after you have disen gaged reverse gear e if you press button Q for the exterior mir ror on the driver s side Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Important safety notes Z WARNING If you use the memory function on the driver s side while driving you could lose control of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments being made There is a risk of an accident Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stationary Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the memory function is making adjust ments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat If somebody becomes trapped immediately release the memory function position button The adjust ment process is stopped A WARNING Children could become trapped if they acti vate the memory function particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The memory function can be used at any time e g even when the SmartKey isn t in the igni tion lock Storing settings With the memory function you can store up to three different settings e g for three dif ferent people Th
98. exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle dynamic es Driving systems Pees Srr J Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Vehicle center axle marker assistance Bumper Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle PHASIA Front warning display Additional PARKTRONIC measurement operational readiness indicator Rear warning display Vehicles with PARKTRONIC when PARKTRONIC is operational gt page 182 additional measurement operational readi ness indicator 2 appears in the Audio 20 COMAND display If the PARKTRONIC warn ing displays are active or light up warning displays Q and are also active or light up correspondingly in the Audio 20 COMAND display Reverse parking function Backing up straight into a parking space without turning the steering wheel Poa hd White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel vehicle width including the exterior mirrors static Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle gt Make su
99. from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 3 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set gt Press the cruise control lever up C for a higher speed or down 4 for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q or down to the pressure point The last stored speed increases or decrea ses in 1 mph 1 km h increments gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q or down to the pressure point The last stored speed increases or decrea ses in 5 mph 10 km h increments Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For exam ple if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to t
100. fully deployed with the maximum amount of pro pellant gas if a second deployment threshold is reached within a few milliseconds The activation threshold of the Emergency Tensioning Devices and the air bag are deter mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel eration or acceleration which occurs at vari ous points in the vehicle This process is pre emptive in nature Deployment should take place in good time at the start of the collision The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera tion and the direction of the force are essen tially determined by e the distribution of forces during the colli sion e the collision angle e the deformation characteristics of the vehi cle e the characteristics of the object with which the vehicle has collided Factors which can only be seen and measured after a collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the deployment of an air bag Nor do they provide an indication of air bag deployment The vehicle can be deformed considerably without an air bag being deployed This is the case if only parts which are relatively easily deformed are affected and the rate of decel Occupant safety eration is not high Conversely air bags may be deployed even though the vehicle suffers only minor deformation This is the case if for example very rigid vehicle parts such as lon gitudinal body members are hit and sufficient deceleration occurs as a result If the restraint syste
101. function cannot be switched on malfunction Setting climate control to automatic General notes The automatic function is only available in conjunction with dual zone automatic climate control In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the tem perature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution The automatic mode functions optimally when the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated If necessary cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore only deactivate the Cooling with air dehumidifi cation function briefly Setting climate control to automatic gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auto button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated AUTO Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt To switch to manual mode press the MQDE button MOpE
102. gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press and hold buttons 2 and The indicator lamp initially lights up yellow and then green gt Release buttons and The memory of the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror is cleared Calling up the compass Rear view mirror Compass display Opening The compass displays in which compass direction the vehicle is currently traveling N NE E SE S SW W or NW To receive a correct compass display reading the magnetic field zone must be set and the compass Calibrated Setting the compass gt Set your location using the magnetic field zone maps gt page 284 gt Push a round pen into opening for approximately three seconds The magnetic field zone currently selected appears in compass display 2 gt To select the magnetic field zone push a round pen into opening until the desired magnetic field zone is selected If after a few seconds the display in com pass display changes direction the magnetic field zone has been selected Calibrating the compass Notes In order to calibrate the compass correctly do the following e calibrate the compass in the open and not in the vicinity of steel structures or high voltage transmission lines e switch off electrical consumers such as the climate control windshield wipers or rear window defroster e close all doors and the trunk
103. hear a warn ing tone Driving systems Driving and parking gt If necessary take a break gt Confirm the message by pressing the button on the steering wheel OK On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to rest properly If you do not take a break and ATTENTION ASSIST still detects increasing lapses in concentra tion you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest This will only hap pen if ATTENTION ASSIST still detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration If a warning is output in the multifunction dis play a service station search is performed in COMAND You can select a service station and navigation to this service station will then begin This function can be activated and deactivated in COMAND Lane Tracking package _ General notes The Lane Tracking package consists of Blind Spot Assist gt page 194 and Lane Keeping Assist gt page 196 Blind Spot Assist General notes Blind Spot Assist monitors the areas on either side of the vehicle that are not visible to the driver with two lateral rear facing radar sen sors A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the monitored area If you then switch on the corresponding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible col lision warning Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed of approxi
104. in vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button The SmartKey must be in the vehicle The restraint system reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident The restraint system can also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident The restraint system comprises e Seat belt system e Air bags e Child restraint system e Child seat securing systems The components of the restraint system work in conjunction with each other They can only deploy their protective function if at all times all vehicle occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly gt page 44 e have adjusted their seat and head restraint properly gt page 97 As the driver you also have to make sure that the steering wheel is adjusted correctly Observe the information relating to the cor rect driver s seat position gt page 96 You also have to make sure that an airbag can inflate properly if deployed gt page 46 An air bag supplements a correctly worn seat belt As an additional safety device the air bag increases the level of protection for vehi cle occupants in the event of an accident For example if in the event of an accident the protection offered by the seat belt is suffi cient the air bags are not deployed When an accident occurs only the air bags that increase protect
105. it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock If you attempt to turn off the engine when the selector lever is not in position P e a message appears in the multifunction dis play e a warning signal sounds oo pen a ge 00 S m sia Parking Driving and parking Electric parking brake General notes Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The function of the electric parking brake is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system it may not be possible to apply the released parking brake gt If this is the case only park the vehicle on level ground and secure it to prevent it roll ing away gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P It may not be possible to release an applied parking brake if the on board volta
106. kit under the luggage compartment floor gt page 300 Vehicles with the TIREFIT kit the towing eye is beneath the tire inflation compres sor gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the direction of the arrow gt Take cover Q off the opening gt Screw in the towing eye clockwise to the stop Removing the towing eye gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye gt Attach cover to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the stowage well gt page 300 beneath the cargo compart ment floor in the cargo compartment gt Vehicles with the TIREFIT kit put back the tire inflation compressor When towing your vehicle with the rear axle raised it is important that you observe the safety instructions gt page 311 Only vehicles without 4MATIC can be towed with the front axle raised H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Vehicles with 4MATIC may either be towed away with both axles on the ground or be loa ded up and transported H The ignition must be switched off if the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Otherwise ESP may intervene and damage the brake system Towing and tow starting gt On vehicles with KEYLESS GO or the KEYLESS GO start function you must use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button gt page 143 gt Make sure that the vehicle is st
107. leaving the vehicle apply the electric parking brake AMG vehicles the transmission oil has overheated Manual drive program M and the temporarily active manual drive program are no longer available The engine power output is reduced gt Allow the vehicle to cool down A4MATIC has overheated The vehicle is only driven by the front wheels gt Drive on The airflow cools 4MATIC more quickly When the display message goes out 4MATIC is available again and the vehicle is driven by all four wheels A4MATIC is malfunctioning The vehicle is only driven by the front wheels gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The trunk lid is open gt Close the trunk lid The hood is open A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Close the hood At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all the doors Display messages ES Display messages Power Steering Mal function See Oper ator s Manual Steering Mal func tion See Opera tor s Manual AN Before Starting the Engine Turn Steering Wheel Phone No Service Check Washer Fluid Wiper Malfunction ing Hazard Warning Flashers Malfunc tioning
108. longer function correctly There is an increased risk of injury Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects to it Z WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not per formed correctly to the doors or door panel ing as well as damaged doors can lead to the function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any more Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door pan eling carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Front air bags Driver s air bag deploys in front of the steering wheel Front passenger front air bag 2 deploys in front of and above the glove box When deployed the front air bags offer addi tional head and thorax protection for the occupants in the front seats The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps inform you about the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 41 The front passenger front air bag will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sen sor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied gt page 49 The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit gt page 49 e the restraint system control unit predicts a high accident severity Knee bags
109. maps google com and enter a destination address into the entry field gt To send the destination address to the e mail address of your mbrace account click on the corresponding button on the website Example If you select Send to vehicle and then Mercedes Benz the destination address will be sent to your vehicle gt When the Send dialog window appears Enter the e mail address you specified when setting up your mbrace account into the corresponding field gt Click Send Information on specific commands such as Address entry or Send can be found on the website Calling up a transmitted destination address gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 The transmitted destination address is loa ded into the vehicle s navigation system A display message appears asking whether navigation should be started gt Select Yes by turning OJ or sliding the controller and confirm with The system calculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be stored in the address book If you have sent more than one destination address each individual destination must be confirmed separately Destination addresses are loaded in the same order as the order in which they were sent If you own multiple Mercedes Benz vehicles with mbrace and activated mbrace accounts If multiple vehicles are registere
110. of the vehi cle is divided into five yellow and two red seg ments PARKTRONIC is operational if yellow segments showing operational readiness light up One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle From the e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approx imately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately two sec onds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Driving systems 183 oo pen a To c 00 S k m Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC If indicator lamp lights up PARKTRONIC is deactivated PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock tea Driving systems Ls Driving and parking Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is then deactivated and the indicator lamp on the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit PARKTRONIC is then deactivated ultrasound waves Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off gt If problems
111. oil If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on the oil dipstick add 1 1 US qt 1 0 1 of engine oil gt Replace cap Q on the filler neck and turn clockwise Ensure that the cap locks into place securely gt Check the oil level again with the oil dip stick gt page 288 Further information on engine oil gt page 356 Checking coolant level A WARNING The engine cooling system is pressurized par ticularly when the engine is warm When opening the cap you could be scalded by hot coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury Let the engine cool down before opening the cap Wear eye and hand protection when opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape Engine compartment e engine or to the catalytic converter Have excess engine oil siphoned off E The coolant may only be checked and cor rected when the engine is cool coolant temperature below 104 F 40 C Check ing the coolant when the coolant tempera ture is above 104 F 40 C may result in damage to the engine or to the engine cool ing system Example gt Park the vehicle on a level surface Only check the coolant level when the vehi cle is ona level surface and the engine has cooled down gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Check the coolant temperature display in the instrument cluster The coolant temperature must be below 104 F 40
112. operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Opening and closing nO Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Make sure that the roller sunblind is open gt Press or pull the switch in the corre sponding direction Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel ca Opening and closing E Ea Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Opening and closing P If you press pull the E switch beyond the point of resistance automatic opera tion is started in the corresponding direc tion You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again After opening the sliding sunroof the roller sunblind closes slightly automati cally This reduces drafts in the vehicle inte rior If the sliding sunroof is raised at the rear it lowers slightly automatically at higher speeds The noise level in the vehicle inte rior is reduced as a result At low speeds it raises again automatically You can continue to operate the sliding sunroof after switching off the engine or removing the SmartKey from the ignition lock This function remains active for five minutes or until you open a front door The sliding sunroof cannot be opened if a roof carrier is installed In order to allow ventilation of the vehicle interior yo
113. out after three minutes When the engine is running the vehicle is stationary and in bright ambient light if you turn the light switch to z002 the daytime running lamps and parking lamps switch on If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps USA only The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day To do this the daytime running lamps function must be switched on using the on board computer gt page 212 If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 300 lt or 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps Low beam headlamps Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is dark the parking lamps and low beam headlamps switch on when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the 2 position This is a particularly useful function in the event of rain and fog gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to The green 2 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Front fog lamps In conditions where visibility is poor due to fog snow or rain the fog lamps improve vis ibility as well as making it easier for other road users to see you
114. panel Important safety notes If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction In the following section the term sliding sun roof refers to the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped Z WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof body parts in close proximity could become trapped There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the opening and closing pro cedures Z WARNING If children operate the sliding sunroof they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle WARNING At high speeds the raised sliding sunroof auto matically lowers slightly at the rear This could trap you or other persons There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody reaches into the sweep of the sliding sunroof whilst the vehicle is in motion If somebody becomes trapped immediately pull back the sliding sunroof switch The slid ing sunroof lifts during opening H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding sunroof Otherwise the seals could be da
115. parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 113 In order to signal a change of direction when towing the vehicle with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the com bination switch as usual In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash After resetting the combina tion switch the hazard warning lamp starts flashing again H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Shift the transmission to position N As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it gt Secure the vehicle The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Vehicles with 4MATIC may only either be towed away with both axles on the ground or be loaded up and transported If the vehicle s transmission front or rear axle is damaged have the vehicle transported on a truck or trailer In the event of damage to the electrical system I
116. passenger seat is occupied or e the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Window curtain air bags a Window curtain air bags 4 are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deployed in the area from the A pillar to the C pillar When deployed the window curtain air bag enhances the level of protection for the head However it does not protect the chest or arms In the event of a side impact the window cur tain air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs If the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt a window curtain air bag may be deployed in other accident situations gt page 54 Occupant Classification System OCS Introduction The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the person in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag are either enabled or deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices Prerequisites To be classified correctly the front passenger must si
117. program M differs from drive programs E drive program C on AMG vehi cles and S with regard to spontaneity responsiveness and smoothness of gear changes Gear Driving situations 3 You can use the engine s braking effect 2 You can use the braking effect of the engine on downhill gradients and for driving e on steep mountain roads e in mountainous terrain e in arduous conditions 1 Touse the braking effect of the engine on extremely steep downhill gradients and on long downhill stretches Switching on the manual drive program Activating permanently gt Press the program selector button gt page 153 repeatedly until M appears in the multifunction display Manual drive program M remains active until drive program E drive program C on AMG vehicles or S is selected Activating temporarily gt Pull the right or left steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 Manual drive program M is temporarily active Depending on which paddle shifter is pulled the automatic transmission immediately shifts into the next gear down or up When manual drive program M is activated via the steering wheel paddle shifters the tem porarily active manual drive program M will be deactivated automatically after a limited time if the driving situation permits The auto matic transmission switches to the previously activated drive program E drive program C on AMG vehicles or S When driving on downhill gra
118. qualified spe cialist workshop USA only The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor The tire pressure monitor is deactivated gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes USA only The tire pressure monitor is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ey On board computer and displays Ss Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Depress Brake to You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in Start Engine position N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal To Deselect P or You have attempted to shift the selector lever to position R or D N Depress Brake without starting the engine and Start Engine b Start the engine gt Depress the brake pedal Itis only possible to move the selector lever from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then can the parking lock be deactivated If you do not depress the brake pedal the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged Attransmission fluid temperatures below 4 F 20 C you can only shift out of position P into another transmission position when the engine is running On board computer and displays Apply Brake to You have attempted to shift the selector lever to position R N or D S
119. restraint does not apply a load to the child restraint system If necessary adjust the head restraint accordingly gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the seat gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat It is recommended that you install the child restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Safet Deployment of Emergency Tensioning Devices and air bags Important safety notes Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do not touch the air bag parts Have a deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro tection and cannot provide the intended pro tection in an accident There is an increased risk of injury Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special ist workshop in order to have a deployed air bag replaced It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Z WARNING Pyrotechnic
120. road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 289 gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Otherwise the engine could be damaged gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C The air flow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low Z WARNING The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and tr
121. seat belt cor rectly while the vehicle is in motion When fastening the seat belt always make sure that e the seat belt tongue is only inserted to the belt buckle belonging to that seat e the seat belt is tight across your body Avoid wearing bulky clothing e g a winter coat e the seat belt is not twisted Only then can the forces which occur be distributed over the area of the belt e the shoulder section of the belt is always routed across the center of your shoulder The shoulder section of the belt must not come into contact with your neck or be routed under your arm Where possible adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height the lap belt passes tightly and as low down as possible across your lap The lap belt must always be routed across your hip joints and not across your abdo men This applies particularly to pregnant women If necessary push the lap belt down to your hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder section of the belt the seat belt is not routed across sharp pointed or fragile objects If you have such items located on or in your clothing e g pens keys or eyeglasses store these in a suitable place e only one person is using a seat belt at a time Infants and children must never travel sit ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant In the event of an accident they could be crushed between the vehicle occupant and seat belt e objects are never secured with a seat belt if the seat
122. see Display messages Matte finish cleaning instruc TOMS cn secececcencsscceeciencaseseessessecavecesissenss 294 mbrace Call Priory secco 275 Display message eee 224 Downloading destinations COMAND coe cccacecceticeccsncveseeeonecees 276 Downloading routes s es 279 EMErgency Call ssc sccessevsvevscsvenevees 273 General notes sisisi 272 GeO TENCING 245 es ocsesacsistiabesstcastetees 279 Locating a stolen vehicle 278 MB info call button e eee 275 Remote fault diagnosis 278 Remote vehicle locking s 277 Roadside Assistance button 274 Search amp SONA cevscssessnsessenscovecess 276 SGIMLESE ssc acres eijec ES 272 Speed alerten 279 SVSUGMs wcsincstesstassavdeemnot anaes 272 Triggering the vehicle alarm 279 Vehicle remote unlocking 277 Mechanical key FUNCtION NOTES cansson es 76 Inserting sas sccceevcecsssececrecuensesecpsrccest 77 Locking vehi le 2 14 cssccass cs doses ccsceeeests 83 REMOVING ssccsccsetecscscierseesceneenseceess TI Unlocking the driver s door 83 Memory card audio 207 Memory function ee eeeeeeeeeeee 106 Message memory on board com PUCK ena TE 217 Messages see Display messages Mirror turn signal CIEaANINE irer Teei 295 Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mobile phone Menu on board computer 208
123. sliding panel On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel you can then close the roller sunblind Notes on the automatic reversing feature for e the side window gt page 86 e the panorama roof with power tilt slid ing panel gt page 9 1 e the roller sunblind gt page 92 Using the SmartKey gt Vehicles with Exclusive Package or AMG Exclusive Package but without KEYLESS GO and the KEYLESS GO start function for the following operations point the tip of the SmartKey at the door handle on the driver s door The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle Vehicles with KEYLESS GO or the KEY LESS GO start function the SmartKey must be in close proximity to the vehicle gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Press and hold the button again until the roller sunblind of the panorama sliding sunroof closes gt To interrupt convenience closing release the button Using KEYLESS GO The driver s door and the door at which the handle is used must both be closed The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle The gap between the SmartKey and the corre sponding door handle
124. specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving Z WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel sec tion gt page 341 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety rea sons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces gt Place the new wheel on the wheel hub and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin ger tight Lowering the vehicle A WARNING The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts and bolts are not tightened to the specified tightening torque There is a risk of accident Have the tightening torque immediately checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a wheel is changed gt Place the ratchet wrench onto the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters AB are visible gt Turn the ratchet wrench until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the g
125. speedometer in the Trip menu e odometer and the trip odometer e trip computer e current fuel consumption and approximate range e navigation instructions in the Navi menu e cruise control e DISTRONIC PLUS e ASSYST PLUS service interval display Switching the additional speedometer on off The Speedometer km h or Speedometer mph function allows you to choose whether the multifunction display in the status area shows the speed in km h or in mph instead of the outside temperature gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or _ A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the _W or _ button to select the Speedometer km h or Speedometer mph function You will see the selected setting On or Off gt Press the OK button to save the setting Selecting the permanent display function You can determine whether the multifunction display permanently shows the outside tem perature or your speed in km h USA or mph Canada gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Permanent Display function You will see the selected setting Outside Temperature or Sp
126. start function for the following operations point the tip of the SmartKey at the door handle on the driver s door The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle Vehicles with KEYLESS GO or the KEY LESS GO start function the SmartKey must be in close proximity to the vehicle gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the panorama sunroof are in the desired position If the roller sunblind of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed the roller sunblind is opened first gt Press and hold the g button again until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is in the desired position gt To interrupt convenience opening release the g button Opening and closing E and closing bo n Open Important safety notes Z WARNING When the convenience closing feature is oper ating parts of the body could become trapped in the closing area of the side window and the sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feature is oper ating Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure Vehicles with KEYLESS GO the KEYLESS GO start function Exclusive Package or AMG Exclusive Package at the same time you can e lock the vehicle e close the side windows e close the panorama roof with power tilt
127. steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden you must select a low gear in good time For this you will need to have selected manual drive program M gt page 155 By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly Use cruise control only if road and traffic con ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can store any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h The speed indicated in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed stored Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an acci dent nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of
128. steering wheel Cruise control lever Electric parking brake Light switch Diagnostics connection Opens the hood Page 124 141 102 170 162 110 24 286 Instrument cluster Displays and controls Peas Function Page Function Page Speedometer Fuel gage Speedometer segments 201 Fuel filler flap location indi 3 A 7 cator lt the fuel filler _ Multifunction display 203 cap is on the left Tachometer au Instrument cluster lighting 200 _ Coolant temperature 200 Information on the display of the outside temperature in the multifunction display can be found under Outside temperature display gt page 201 At a glance P Ee At a glance __ Be Warning and indicator lamps Oo ie OIOI Function zD lamp 300 Low beam head s Parking lamps D High beam head lamp S i ee ESBE Elect ric parking brake red PARK USA only Canada only Electric parking brake yellow Distance warning a D Turn signals Restraint system Kl Re Seat belt Page 111 112 112 252 112 40 247 B OPA OOOOH O Pin Shhh Function Page sport SPORT handling mode in AMG vehicles 253 E Coolant 256 o Rear fog lamp 111 0 Fog lamps 111 k Check Engin
129. supply of fresh air open a window on the side of the vehicle that is not facing into the wind Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Drive particularly carefully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use the cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped when moving at low speed gt Shift the transmission to position N gt Try to bring the vehicle under control using corrective steering The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point For more information on driving with snow chains see gt page 321 For more information on driving with summer tires see gt page 320 Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 320 Driving systems fea Driving systems General notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and
130. than 48 Ibs 22 kg only use LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems with which the child is also secured with the vehicle seat belt Also secure the child restraint system with the Top Tether belt if available Always comply with the manufacturer s installation and operating instructions for the child restraint system used Before every trip make sure that the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system is engaged correctly in both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings H When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt for the middle seat does not get trapped The seat belt could otherwise be damaged LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system on both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear seats LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings Q for two LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right rear seats Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install the child seat according to the manufacturer s instruc tions Introduction Top Tether provides an additional connection between the child restraint system secured with a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and the vehicle This helps reduce the risk of Children in the vehicle cs
131. the need to regularly check the tire pressure An even loss of pressure on several tires at the same time cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The function of the tire pressure loss warning system is limited or delayed if e snow chains are mounted on your vehicle s tires e road conditions are wintry e you are driving on sand or gravel e you adopt a very sporty driving style cor nering at high speeds or driving with high rates of acceleration e you are driving with a heavy load in the vehicle or on the roof E Wheels and tires e Wheels and tires Restarting the tire pressure loss warn ing system Restart the tire pressure loss warning system if you have e changed the tire pressure e changed the wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires gt Before restarting make sure that the tire pressures are set properly on all four tires for the respective operating conditions The recommended tire pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar Additionally a tire pressure table is attached to the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system can only give reliable warnings if you have s
132. the pedals A WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving A WARNING If the parking brake has not been fully released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off H Do not warm up the engine with the vehi cle stationary Drive off immediately Avoid high engine speeds and driving at full throt tle until the engine has reached its operat ing temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train H AMG vehicles avoid full load operation and engine speeds greater than 5000 rpm when the engine is cold This helps to pro ing his tect the engine and avoids uncomfortable driving SmartKey 0 To remove the SmartKey shift the transmission to position P 1 Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all consumers and d
133. the windshield gt page 133 Sets the air distribution gt page 132 Activates deactivates air recirculation mode gt page 135 Sets the airflow gt page 132 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 129 Switches the rear window defroster on off gt page 134 PRLS Canada only Sets the temperature gt page 131 Defrosts the windshield gt page 133 Sets the air distribution gt page 132 a Overview of climate control systems Climate control E Activates deactivates air recirculation mode gt page 135 Sets the airflow gt page 132 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 129 Switches the rear window defroster on off gt page 134 Air conditioning system Below you can find a number of notes and recommendations to help you use the air conditioning system optimally e Switch on the air conditioning system by turning control knob clockwise to the desired position except position 0 e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Recommendation for avoiding misted windows at low exterior temperatures or in rain switch on the ave cooling with dehumidification function gt page 129 Set air distribution to 4 and if possible switch off and 14 gt page 132 Deactivate air recirculation mode 69 gt page 135 Set airflow control to a setting between 3 and 6 gt page 132 e Recommendation f
134. tire pressure electroni cally gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display If the vehicle was parked for longer than 20 minutes the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message is shown After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure value to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored Tire pressure monitor warning mes sages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp comes on e If the Please Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction dis play the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low and must be corrected at the next opportunity e Ifthe Check Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has drop ped significantly and the t
135. tires gt Using lug wrench Q loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts com pletely Jacking points Wheels and tires vehicle has covers next to the jacking points on the outer sills Covers front example vehicles with AMG equip ment gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment fold cover 2 upwards gt Take ratchet wrench out of the vehicle tool kit and place it on the hexagon nut of jack 4 so that the letters AUF are visible gt Position jack at jacking point Pag TERT gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point Changing a wheel gt Turn ratchet wrench until jack sits completely on jacking point and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn ratchet wrench until the tire is raised a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing a wheel H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in gt Unscrew the wheel bolts gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel A WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage to the threads contact a qualified
136. to dial vehicles gt page 210 gt Press the G or OK button to start dial Activating deactivating COLLISION PRE ing VENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 210 or e Activating deactivating ATTENTION gt If you do not want to make the call press ASSIST gt page 10 the or button e Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt page 211 e Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist gt page 211 ial On board computer and displays Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory Displaying the assistance graphic gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the button to switch to the redial memory gt Press the A or W button to select the desired name or number gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing gt Press the lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press A or W to select Assist Graphic gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the DISTRONIC PLUS distance display in the assistance graphic The assistance graphic displays the status of and information from the following driv ing systems or driving safety systems or gt If you do not want to make the call
137. to the brightness of the ambient light exception poor visibility due to weather con ditions such as fog snow or spray e SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e With the engine running if you have acti vated the Daytime running lamps func tion via the on board computer the day time running lamps or the parking lamps and the low beam headlamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to AUTO Z WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to Z The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times Canada only The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day The day time running lamps function is required by law in Canada It cannot therefore be deactivated When the engine is running and the vehicle is stationary if you move the selector lever from a drive position to P the daytime running lamps low beam headlamps go
138. unlocks and opens The trunk lid can be unlocked and opened with the trunk lid emergency release when the vehicle is stationary or while driving The trunk lid emergency release does not open the trunk lid if the battery is disconnec ted or discharged Trunk lid emergency release light e emergency release button A flashes for 30 minutes after the trunk lid is opened e emergency release button A flashes for 60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed Important safety notes Z WARNING While opening the side windows body parts could become trapped between the side win dow and the door frame as the side window moves There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody touches the side win dow during the opening procedure If some body becomes trapped release the switch or pull the switch to close the side window again 2s side windows Z WARNING While closing the side windows body parts in the closing area could become trapped There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch to open the side window again Z WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury Activate the override feature for the rear side windows When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi cl
139. vehicle is equipped with the Mirrors package The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if e the ignition is switched on and e incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or the interior lighting is switched on General notes The Parking position of the exterior mirror on the front passenger side function is only available if the vehicle is equipped with the Mirrors package Setting and storing the parking position Using reverse gear You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this posi tion Button for the driver s side exterior mirror Button for the front passenger side exte rior mirror Adjustment button Memory button M gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror You should see the rear wheel and the curb in the exterior mirror The parking position is stored
140. you activate DISTRONIC PLUS e you secure the vehicle using the electric parking brake After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake When the HOLD function is activated the transmission is shifted automatically to posi tion P if e the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the driver s door is open e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function The electric parking brake secures the vehicle automatically if the HOLD function is activa ted when the vehicle is stationary and e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient Driving and parking ea Driving systems _ Driving and parking Important safety notes RACE START enables optimal acceleration from a standing start The precondition for this is a suitable high grip road surface RACE START is intended solely for activation on dedicated race circuits Conditions for activation You can activate RACE START if e the doors hood and the trunk lid are closed e the engine is running and the transmission all wheel drive clutch and the engine are at operating temperature e SPORT handling mode is activated gt page 68 e the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position e the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is depressed left foot e the transmission is in position D e drive program M is selected
141. 11 Installing the towing eye s e 312 Notes for 4MATIC vehicles 314 Removing the towing eye 313 Transporting the vehicle 314 With both axles on the ground 313 With front axle raised 0 0 eee 313 TOWING eye ecer 300 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission position display DIRECT SELECT lever 0 149 Transporting the vehicle 314 Trim pieces cleaning instruc HONS essed ceccseessseessieecaseccctsesepsneetcteectes 297 Trip computer on board com p ter sii oie 204 Trip odometer Calling UP Saecesseeccsesstedessteest coactesssets 203 Resetting on board computer 205 Trunk Emergency release seeseeseeeeeees 85 Emergency release button 86 Important safety notes oo 83 Opening automatically from out Sde eoe e E ERR 84 Opening automatically from SIAC renna e e 85 Opening closing manually from OUSIDE e e E E 84 Trunk emergency release button 86 Trunk lid Display message seee Opening dimensions Trunk load maximum Turn signals Changing bulbs front 0 eee 119 Changing bulbs rear 0 eee 119 Display message eeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 230 Switching On Off eee eeeeeees 112 Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking eeseeee 83 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button 0 eeeeeeeeeeeee
142. 149 When the transmission is in position N you can also start the engine with the brake pedal depressed Starting procedure with the SmartKey To start the engine using the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 gt page 141 inthe ignition lock and release it as soon as the engine is running Starting procedure with the Start Stop button The Start Stop button can be used to start the vehicle manually without inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle This mode for starting the engine operates independently of the ECO start stop auto matic engine start function You can start the engine if a valid SmartKey is in the vehicle Switch off the engine and always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle even if you only leave it for a short time Pay attention to the important safety notes gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Press the Start Stop button once gt page 141 The engine starts Automatic transmission Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultane
143. 16 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The active light function is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The exterior lighting is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The light sensor is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds gt Turn the light switch to auto Display messages Be Engine Display messages Check Coolant Level See Opera tor s Manual SS Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low H Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged gt Add coolant observing the warning notes before doing so gt page 289 gt If coolant needs to be added more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist work shop The fan motor is faulty gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic The coolant is too hot A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam
144. 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps Q in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Lane Keeping Assist General notes Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle with camera Q which is mounted at the top of the windshield Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Important safety notes A WARNING Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings In this case Lane Keeping Assist may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and stay in lane in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist A WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not return the vehicle to the original lane There is a risk of an accident You should always steer brake or accelerate yourself in particular if warned by Lane Keep ing Assist If you fail to adapt your driving style Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into
145. 220 5 Ib 100 kg 184 7 in 4691 mm 182 3 in 4630 mm 55 7 in 1416 mm 56 5 in 1436 mm
146. 86 Sliding sunroof see Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel SmartKey Changing the battery s es 78 Changing the programming 76 Checking the battery eeeeeeeeee 77 Convenience closing feature 88 Convenience opening feature 87 Display message ceee 246 Door central locking unlocking 74 Important safety notes s es 74 KEYLESS GO start function 76 LOSS ara 79 Mechanical key eeesseeseeseecereeeee 76 Positions ignition lock ee 141 Problem malfunction eee 79 Starting the engine occas 144 SmartKey positions ignition lock 141 Snow chains o ae 321 Sockets Center console General notes Rear compartment Trunk Special seat belt retractor Specialist workshop Speed controlling see Cruise control Speedometer Activating deactivating the addi tional speedometer cceeceeeee Digital In the Instrument cluster Segments Selecting the unit of measure ment SPORT handling mode Activating deactivating AMG vehicles Warning lamp Standing lamps Display message Switching ON Off s ccssscscssseceetsecess Start Stop button Removing Starting the engine Start stop function see ECO start stop function Starting engine STEER CONTROL ceseesseeseeees Steering display message Steering assistant STEER CON TROL see STEER CONTROL Steering wheel Adjusting manually Button overview
147. Declaration of conformity 24 Rain closing feature panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel 92 Reading lamp o 115 Rear compartment Setting the air vents eee 137 Rear fog lamp Changing bulbs eee eeeeeeeeneeee 119 Display message seee 231 Switching On Off assises 111 Rear lamps see Lights Rear seats Folding the backrest forwards oat E E TE E T 266 Rear view camera Cleaning instructions s es 296 Displays in the Audio display 189 Displays in the COMAND display 189 FUNGCHION NOLES 2 ssccccessencesacsdssecoess 189 Switching on off neeese 189 Rear window defroster Problem malfunction 0 135 Switching On Off ieceres 134 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual 103 Dipping automatic 104 Recuperation display 00 204 Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Important safety notes s 358 Refueling Fuel gauge srne cers evscesvizaveusnevseeeses 31 Important safety notes 0 0 158 Notes for AMG vehicles 355 Refueling ProCeSs eeeeeseeeeeeees 159 see Fuel Remote control Garage door Opener eeeeeeeeeeeee 279 Programming garage door OPENED aerei ii nii keneren 280 Replacing bulbs Important safety notes 116 Overview of bulb types 117 Removing replacing the cover front wheel arch sissssrsssssrsesssssss 118 Reporting safety defects 0 0 0 0 25 Rescue card ee 26 Reserve fuel tank see Fuel Reserve fuel D
148. EIVIEW s cccneieeiessserscecactenassseeees COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS Activating deactivating Display Message ceeeeseeseeeeees Operation NOteS sssccseosseeeseeees COMAND display Cleaning ereenn nn Combination switch ee Compass Calibrating s cccccacscecsienciveces Calling up Magnetic field zone maps SENE scsistcacstssssceeesesssuesecieasteesteete Consumption statistics on board computer Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature Coolant engine Checking the level Display message eeeeeeseeeeeeeees Filling CAPACIty oe eeeeseeeeeeneeee Important safety notes s s s Temperature on board computer AMG vehicles Temperature gauge eeeseeseeeees Warning lamp Cooling see Climate control COpPYMight 6 0ccccesceescscstebcaseteastetstiens Cornering light function Changing bulbs Display message ecce Function notes ceeeseseeeeeeteeees Crash responsive emergency light INE eere A EE Cruise control Activation conditions Cruise control lever nesses Deactivating sissies inte Display message Driving Syste Masius irreais Function notes ceesseseeeeeeteeees Important safety notes 0 0 169 Setting a SPCC 2 sas sccesceeessesesteetecss 170 Storing and maintaining current SPCC TEE 170 Cup holder Center console sesona 268 Important safety notes 0 0 0 268 Rear compartment sssr 269 Custome
149. Engine Problem cy The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running fa The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is run ning a The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion In addition the Check Engine warning cy lamp may light up Ee The red coolant warn ing lamp lights up while the engine is running and the coolant tem perature gauge is at the start of the scale Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine management e in the fuel injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system e in the fuel system The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop In some states you must immediately visit a qualified special ist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up This is due to the legal requirements in effect in these states If in doubt check whether such legal regulations apply in the state in which you are currently driving The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel syste
150. ION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD func tion is activated the vehicle brakes auto matically in certain situations To avoid damage to the vehicle deactivate these systems in the following or similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash FP Roadside Assistance Towing and tow starting had Roadside Assistance HM Make sure that the electric parking brake is released If the electric parking brake is faulty visit a qualified specialist workshop H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the towing eyes Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Do not use the towing eyes for recovery purposes as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane H When towing pull away slowly and smoothly If the tractive power is too high the vehicles could be damaged H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the front axle must be raised or the entire vehicle raised and transported H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle H When towing vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the key instead of the Start Stop but ton Otherwise the automatic transmission may shift to position P when the driver s or front passenger door are opened which could lead to damage to the transmission H Vehicles with automati
151. IST PLUS may also have failed In addition the and amp warning lamps may light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Ea Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable ee due to a malfunction COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the and amp warning lamps may light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase Inoperative
152. Modifying the programming SmartKey oaeee 76 MOExtended tires eee eeeeeeee 301 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle seese 345 Mounting a new wheel eee 344 Preparing the vehicle ae Raising the vehicle eseeeeeeees Removing a wheel eeeeeeeeseeeees Securing the vehicle against roll INS AWAY cciias 342 MP3 Open atom sessen 207 Multifunction display FUNCtION NOTES 0 eeeeseeeeeesreeees 203 Permanent display ceeesseeeees 212 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 201 OVOIVIOW eves cvesevee acer censeverecdievenes 33 CE Navigation Menu on board computer 205 Notes on breaking in a new vehi Cl issiran r ideas 140 Occupant Classification System OCS Conditions sassiz Operation sscc sAcvecsanwacasdeasee System self test Occupant safety Automatic measures after an acci CONE cscs EE E EEE EE 56 Children in the vehicle 0 56 Important safety notes ee 41 Introduction to the restraint sys TEM Sor cvcseedecedeeds soc cuan ce Mevdvsvovevecevaeexs 40 Occupant Classification System OCS acca ctcancececpstaonsnceahvekss 49 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator VANS ic ts svecevedees ite othczevseasccedstheathtseseess 41 Pets in the vehicle ccceeeeeeeeeee 62 Restraint system warning lamp 41 SEAT DEl sketst csikos ocs COMGIM OMS xx cvees chet cence fet scysteenseiee es Faults Operation System
153. Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Fold seat backrest back until it engages Red lock status indicator 2 is no longer visible gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 99 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Observe the following notes on securing loads e Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 e Secure the load using the cargo tie down rings e Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly e Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e Do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e Pad sharp edges for protection Stowage areas 267 Cargo tie down rings gt To insert place the trunk floor at the bot tom in the center gt Hold sides of trunk floor and press in the direction of the arrow until it engages in Stowage well under the trunk floor f hooks Roof carrier Important safety notes E Stowage and features A WARNING When you load the roof the center of gravity of the vehicle rises and the driving character istics change If you exceed the maximum roof Under the trunk floor you can find a bracket load the driving characteristics as well as for TIREFIT and the vehicle tool kit etc steering and braking will be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt To openipul
154. N ASSIST see gt page 192 Menus and submenus Ea Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt Press the K or gt b utton on the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or VW Blind Spot Assist gt Press the OK button button to select The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the OK button again For further information about Blind Spot Assist see gt page 194 Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist gt Press the K or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the Lane Keeping gt Press the The current sel A o Vv OK gt Press OK gt Press the Standard gt Press the graphic Assist button button to select ection is displayed to confirm v or A or Adaptive OK button to set Off button to save the setting When Lane Keeping Assist is activated the multifunction display shows the lane mark ings as bright lines in the assistance For further information about Lane Keeping Assist see gt page 196 Service menu Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you have the following op
155. N TION ASSIST Attention Level dis played in a bar display in five levels from high to low e If ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the attention level and cannot issue a warn ing the System Suspended message appears The bar display then changes the display e g if you are driving at a speed below 37 mph 60 km h or above 124 mph 200 km h Activating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 210 The system determines the attention level of the driver depending on the setting selected Selection Standard the sensitivity with which the system determines the attention level is set to normal Selection Sensitive the sensitivity is set higher The attention level detected by Atten tion Assist is adapted accordingly and the driver is warned earlier When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the or Symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphic display When ATTENTION ASSIST has been deactiva ted it is automatically reactivated after the engine has been stopped The sensitivity selected corresponds to the last selection activated standard sensitive E Driving and parking Warning in the multifunction display If fatigue or increasing lapses in concentra tion are detected a warning appears in the multifunction display ATTENTION ASSIST Take a Break In addition to the message shown in the mul tifunction display you will then
156. N e again risk of an accident e protection against theft is reactivated gt To lock centrally press button Q The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap The turn signals flash once when unlocking and three times when locking You can also set an audible signal to con firm that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deacti vated using the on board computer gt page 213 gt To open the trunk lid automatically press and hold button 2 until the trunk lid opens gt page 84 General notes Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any of the vehicle occupants if there is a SmartKey in the vehicle Locking unlocking centrally You can start lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO To do this you only need carry the SmartKey with you You can combine the functions of KEYLESS GO with those of a con ventional SmartKey Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS GO for instance and lock it using the button on the SmartKey The driver s door and the door at which the handle is used must both be closed The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS GO the distance between the SmartKey and the cor responding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft 1 m Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a
157. ND or Audio 20 see the separate Operator s Manual Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the front interior lighting on set the switch to the position gt To switch the front interior lighting off set the switch to the ca position or if the door is closed to the center position gt To switch the rear interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the button cy lighting The interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey Replacing bulbs Xenon bulbs DANGER Xenon bulbs carry a high voltage You can get an electric shock if you remove the cover of the Xenon bulb and touch the electrical con tacts There is a risk of fatal injury Never touch the parts or the electrical con tacts of the Xenon bulb Always have work on the Xenon bulbs carried out at a qualified spe cialist workshop If your vehicle is equipped with Xenon bulbs you can recognize this by the following the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs moves from the top to the bottom and back again when you start the engine For this to be observed the lights must be switched on before starting the engine Bulbs an
158. NG During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e Itis particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running oO i N lt oO N To oO fe as Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Otherwise the catalytic converter could be damaged by the non combusted fuel If the indicator warning lamps do not light up at low temperatures it is very likely that the discharged battery has frozen In this case you may neither jump start the vehicle nor charge the battery Let the battery thaw first The se
159. NIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with up to 50 of the maximum possible deceleration If this braking force is insufficient DISTRONIC PLUS warns you visually and audibly There is a risk of an accident In such cases apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent damage to the vehicle deacti vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func tion in the following or other similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash If you fail to adapt your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions DISTRONIC PLUS is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front e g motorcycles or vehicles driving on a different line In particular the dete
160. On board computer and displays or speed gt page 212 gt page 205 Time e Audio menu gt page 207 Text field e Tel menu telephone gt page 208 Menu bar e DriveAssist menu assistance Drive program gt page 149 gt page 209 Transmission position gt page 149 e Serv menu gt page 211 In AMG vehicles the indicators in the lower e Sett menu settings gt page 211 and upper part of the multifunction display e AMG menu in AMG vehicles gt page 214 differ from the display shown here The Audio Navi and Tel menus differ slightly gt To display menu bar 4 press the lt 4 in vehicles with Audio 20 and in vehicles with or P button on the steering wheel COMAND The examples given in this Opera Menu bar disappears after a few sec tor s Manual apply to vehicles equipped with onds COMAND Text field shows the selected menu or submenu as well as display messages 5 play 8 Trip menu Set the time using Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions Standard display The following messages may appear in the multifunction display t Gearshift recommendation when shifting manually gt page 155 P Active Parking Assist gt page 184 CRUISE Cruise control gt page 169 gt Press and hold the button on the steering wheel until the Trip menu with Pal Menus and submenus leat On board computer and
161. ST US E EE EE 258 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Instrument cluster OVEIVIEW iecessssdsrnenistadsteiteretesrnea tates 31 SCUUNGS 2 as ssstesseeacterensscenccteeeenes 211 Warning and indicator lamps 32 Instrument cluster lighting 200 Interior lighting COMO cschiscezeesccl eels oie eects cae 116 Emergency lighting 0 0 ceseeeeeeeees 116 OVEIVICW sss cceceecveessesie Risse dheddocaniaies 115 Reading lamp seeeseeseeesseeeneeeeees 115 SEs Jack Storage location oo eeeeseeeeeneees 300 USME nren enara n RE 342 Jump starting engine 0 0 309 Key positions Start Stop Dutton wo eeeeeeees 141 KEYLESS GO Convenience closing feature 88 DOA CtIVATOM sssini 75 LockinEs n aa 75 UNIO CKIN Gs ccseesczssssssssseeshdecsteseaesseres 75 Kickdown Driving HPS iesirea 153 Manual drive program sssssesc 157 Knee bag cucine 48 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating on Hoard COmpu ter sseirsissrsseissiissi 211 Display message eneee 236 Function information 00 196 Lane Tracking package 194 Lap time RACETIMER 0 214 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCHORS erene re e 58 License plate lamp display mes EN E E A T 231 Light function active Display message s e 232 Light sensor display message 232 Lights Adaptive Highbeam Assist
162. See Operator s Manual If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop O EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS BAS ESP the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a mal function Inoperative See COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed Operator s Manual A warning tone sounds In addition the in the instrument cluster Z WARNING On board computer and displays NN and warning lamps may light up The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Display messages PARK us only Canada only Turn On the Igni tion to Release the Parking Brake Park us only Canada only Please Release Parking Brake gt gt Park us only Canada only Parking Brake See O
163. TIREFIT kit Tire inflation compressor Tire sealant filler bottle Towing eye gt Open the trunk lid gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 267 gt Use the TIREFIT kit gt page 302 Towing eye is located under tire infla tion compressor Q Vehicles with a tire change tool kit gt Open the trunk lid gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 267 gt Remove the tire change tool kit The tire change tool kit contains e Jack e Lug wrench e One pair of gloves e Folding wheel chock Your vehicle may be equipped with e MOExtended tires tires with run flat prop erties gt page 301 Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires e a TIREFIT kit gt page 300 Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 341 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffic gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO rem
164. TRONIC Parking aid Active Parking Assist cesses see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display message s e Electric parking brake seee Warning lamp Parking lamps Switching On Off i ccczscczesssesssseee5ee PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating Driving system FUNCtION NOTES ceeeesesceeeeteeees Important safety notes s Problem malfunction Range of the sensors eeeee Warning display ssec PASSENGER AIR BAG Display message eee PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Indicator lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG Problems malfunction Pets in the vehicle 0 0 0 0 cece Plastic trim cleaning instruc tions Power washers eee Power windows see Side windows Program selector button 153 Protection against theft ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 71 immobilize nenen 71 Protection of the environment General notes cccccccesseeceeeesseeeeees 20 Pulling away Automatic transmission 0005 144 Hillistart Assist ccisiseceesii hecviieed 145 QR code Mercedes Benz Guide App nesses 1 Rescue Card 2s assitsstiescseectseesesite 26 Qualified specialist workshop 24 PO RACE START Important safety notes 0 0 180 RACE START AMG vehicles 180 RACETIMER on board computer 214 Radio Selecting a station cceseeeeee 207 see separate operating instructions Radio wave reception transmis sion in the vehicle
165. ZR18 97 Y In this exam ple 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating The maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h The size description for all tires with maxi mum speeds of over 186 mph 300 km h must include ZR and the service specifi cation must be given in parentheses Exam ple 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y Speed rating Y indicates that the maximum speed of the tire is over 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed All about wheels and tires All weather tires and winter tires Load index Index Speed rating QM S up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S upto 130 mph 210 km h VM S upto 149 mph 240 km h Not all tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires In addition to the M S marking winter tires also have the amp snowflake symbol on In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters the tire wall Tires with this marking fulfill that identify speed rating on the sidewall of the requirements of the Rubber Manufac the tire Speed rating gt page 335 turers Association RMA and the Rubber e If no specification is given no text as in the Association of Canada RAC regarding the example above represents a standard tire traction on snow They have been espe load SL tire v cially developed for driving on snow
166. _ On board computer and displays Display messages Please Correct Tire Pressure Check Tires Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions USA only The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity gt page 326 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 328 USA only The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds A WARNING Tire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 300 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 326 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure Display messages ee Display messages Warning Tire Mal function Tire Press Moni tor C
167. account the road traffic and weather conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in the lane The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road Switching on Lane Keeping Assist gt Activate Lane Keeping Assist using the on board computer to do so select Standard or Adaptive gt page 211 If you drive at speeds above 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lane mark ings in the assistance graphics display gt page 209 are shown in green When St
168. activate drive pro gram M RACE START gt page 180 using the steering wheel paddle shifters You can only change gear with the steering wheel paddle shifters when the transmission is in position D For further information on the manual drive program see gt page 155 Automatic drive program Drive program E drive program C on MAG vehicles is characterized by the following e comfort oriented engine settings e optimal fuel consumption resulting from the automatic transmission shifting up sooner Automatic transmission ee e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully e increased sensitivity This improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e the automatic transmission shifting up sooner This results in the vehicle being driven at lower engine speeds and the wheels being less likely to spin Drive program S is characterized by the fol lowing e sporty engine settings e the automatic transmission shifting up later e the fuel consumption possibly being higher as a result of the later automatic transmis sion shift points Manual drive program General information In manual drive program M you can change gear yourself by using the steering wheel pad dle shifters For this the transmission must be in position D The gear currently selected and engaged is shown in the multifunction display Manual drive
169. ad General notes For vehicles with sports seats you cannot adjust the front head restraints or the outer rear head restraints Adjusting the head restraints manually Adjusting the head restraint height gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch in the direction of the arrow and push the head restraint down to the desired position With this function you can adjust the distance between the head restraint and the back of the seat occupant s head gt To move forwards pull the head restraint forwards in the direction of the arrow until it engages There are several notches gt To move backwards press and hold release button Q and push the head restraint backwards gt When the head restraint is in the desired position release the button and make sure that the head restraint is engaged in posi tion Rear seat head restraints Adjusting the rear seat head restraint Adjusting the fore aft position of the head restraint Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch 1 and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position Adjusting the 4 way lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the front seat a backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back To raise the backrest contour To soften the backr
170. affic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 Fy On board computer and displays Se Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Problem Problem A The red distance warn ing lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 289 gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line of travel at too high a speed gt Be prepared to brake immediately gt Pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to brake or take evasive action For further information about the distance warning function of COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS see gt page 64 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrum
171. aint systems e Child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats Occupant safety e Only secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt page 41 e Always observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification Sys tem OCS gt page 49 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 56 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Objects in the vehicle interior may pre vent an air bag from functioning correctly Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the air bag as it deploys make sure that e there are no people animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an air bag e there are no objects between the seat door and B pillar e no hard objects e g coat hangers hang on the grab handles or coat hooks e no accessories such as cup holders are attached to the vehicle within the deploy ment area of an air bag e g to doors side windows rear side trim or side walls e no heavy sharp edged or fragile objects are in the pockets of your clothing Store such objects in a suitable place A WARNING If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects suchas stickers to it the air bag can no
172. alist workshop Jump starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop tow starting a i A WARNING Functions relevant to safety are restricted or no longer available if e the engine is not running e the brake system or the power steering is malfunctioning e there is a malfunction in the voltage supply or the vehicle s electrical system If your vehicle is being towed much more force may be necessary to steer or brake There is a risk of an accident In such cases use a tow bar Before towing make sure that the steering moves freely Z WARNING You can no longer steer the vehicle if the steering wheel lock has been engaged There is a risk of an accident Always switch off the ignition when towing the vehicle with a tow cable or a tow bar A WARNING When towing or tow starting another vehicle and its weight is greater than the permissible gross weight of your vehicle the e the towing eye could detach itself e the vehicle trailer combination could roll over There is a risk of an accident When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the per missible gross weight of your vehicle Details on the permissible gross vehicle weight of your vehicle can be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 352 H When COLLIS
173. allations 8 also applies to safety related systems and Do not keep the SmartKey functions i e with electronic devices e g a mobile 0 Read the information on qualified special phone or another SmartKey ist workshops gt page 24 e with metallic objects e g coins or metal b0 foi f oil E SmartKey e inside metallic objects e g a metal case Q O e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury rao at When leaving the vehicle always take the 5 SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never OTe Locks n e leave children or animals unattended in the 5 Opens the trun id vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of Le Unlocks the vehicle reach of children If you do not open the vehicle within approx imately 40 seconds of unlocking the vehicle A WARNING will lock again If you attach heavy or large objects to the If you do not open the vehicle within approx SmartKey the SmartKey could be uninten imately 40 seconds of unlocking tionally turned in the ignition lock This could th hiele is I ck d cause the engine to be switched off There is a re te D
174. alues for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits ser vice practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate Traction Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance ra All about wheels and tires The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfa ces You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Mercedes Benz recommend
175. amage have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Oth erwise the tires particularly the sidewalls may be damaged A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As aresult you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure Pay particular attention to dam age such as e cuts in the tires e punctures e tears in the tires e bulges on tires e deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 319 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems
176. amage to the vehicle deacti vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func tion in the following or other similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Deactivating the HOLD function gt page 179 Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function if e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running or if it has been auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the electric parking brake is released e DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated e the transmission is in position D Ror N on vehicles with automatic transmission Activating the HOLD function Driving systems gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until Q appears in the multifunction dis play The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake pedal if depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automati cally if e you accelerate On vehicles with automatic transmission only when the transmission is in position D or R e the transmission is in position P on vehicles with automatic transmission e you depress the brake pedal again with a certain amount of pressure until Q disap pears from the multifunction display e
177. amps inform you whether the front passenger front air bag is deactivated or enabled gt Press the Start Stop button once or twice or turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock The system carries out self diagnostics The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds al Occupant safety A Y Ge N The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident If the status of the front passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion an air bag display message appears in the instru ment cluster gt page 228 When the front passenger seat is occupied always pay atten tion to the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamps Be aware of the status of the front passenger front air bag both before and during the jour ney Z WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function
178. an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for these Crossing vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS may detect vehicles that are crossing your lane by mistake Activating DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights with cross ing traffic for example could cause your vehi cle to pull away unintentionally General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the following situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away E If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent d
179. and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Q Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environ mentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Fuels e Lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Components and service products must be matched Only use products recommended by Mercedes Benz Damage which is caused by the use of products which have not been recommended is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty or goodwill ges tures They are listed in this Mercedes Benz Operator s Manual in the appropriate section Information on tested and approved products can be obtained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscrip tion on the containers e MB Freigabe e g MB Freigabe 229 51 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 5 1 Other designations or recommendations indi cate a level of quality or a specification in O Technical data Le Technical data accordance with an MB Sheet Number e g MB 229 5 They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes Benz Other identifications for example
180. and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem again with a Mercedes Benz Center or con tact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc Introduction Es 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you yo
181. andardis selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you have switched on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP When Adaptive is selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you have switched on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard e you steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut the corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when nec essary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain con ditions and warns you accordingly Driving systems The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a high way e the system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner on a bend Driving and parking Useful information 0 eeeeeee 200 Important safety notes 200 Displays and operation 200 Menus and submenus 203 Display messages cceeee 217 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster
182. anels Switching on off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To activate press the The indicator lamp in the up Air recirculation mode switches on automat ically button button lights E E e at high outside temperatures e at high levels of pollution When air recirculation mode is activated automatically the indicator lamp in the 69 button is not lit Outside air is added after about 30 minutes button button goes gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the out E E Air recirculation mode deactivates auto matically e after approximately five minutes at out side temperatures below approximately 45 F 7 C e after approximately five minutes if the Cooling with air dehumidification func tion is deactivated e after approximately 30 minutes at out side temperatures above approximately 45 F 7 C if the cooling with air dehu midification function is activated General notes The residual heat function is only available in vehicles for Canada with dual zone automatic climate control It is possible to make use of the residual heat of the engine to continue heating the vehicle for approximately 30 minutes after the engine has been switched off The heating time depends on the set interior temperature The blower will run at a low speed regard less of the airflow se
183. apparent type of acci dent e frontal collision e side impact e rollover Immediately after an accident the following measures are implemented depending on the type and severity of the impact e the hazard warning lamps are activated e the emergency lighting is activated e the vehicle doors are unlocked e the front side windows are lowered e the engine is switched off and the fuel sup ply is cut off e vehicles with mbrace automatic emer gency call Children in the vehicle Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat Children are generally better pro tected there If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for Mercedes Benz vehi cles The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes in this section in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 49 Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example
184. ar 73 psi Do not switch off the tire inflation com pressor during this phase gt Let the tire inflation compressor run for a maximum of ten minutes The tire should then have attained a pressure of at least 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi If a pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi has been attained after ten minutes see Tire pressure reached gt page 304 D Roadside Assistance se Flat tire le Roadside Assistance If a pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi has not been attained after ten minutes see Tire pressure not reached gt page 304 If tire sealant leaks out allow it to dry It can then be removed like a layer of film If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant have them cleaned with perchloroethylene at a dry cleaner as soon as possible Tire pressure not reached If a tire pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi has not been achieved after ten minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30 ft 10 m gt Pump up the tire again After a maximum of ten minutes the tire pressure must be at least 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after the specified time the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impai
185. ar nose weight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle iden tification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Maximum loaded vehicle weight The maximum weight is the sum of e the curb weight of the vehicle e the weight of the accessories e the load limit e the weight of the factory installed optional equipment Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corre sponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascals kPa are the equiva lent of 1 bar Load index In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capa city more precisely ea Wheels and tires al All about wheels and tires Wheels and tires Curb weight The weight of a vehicle with standard equip ment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant It also includes the air condi tioning system and optional equipment if these are installed in the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage Maximum load rating The maximum load rating is the maximum permissible weight in kilograms or Ibs for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two PSI pounds per square inch A standard
186. arding technical data DAIMLER m i a 2090 Fo wy Ee The data stated here specifically refers to a a avehicle with standard equipment Consult Cid 3 1730 an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for o for all vehicle variants and trim TT i iil me na i i Path fi al dart Identification plates Example vehicle identification plate Canada only cl VIN Paint code The data shown on the vehicle identifica tion plate is used only as an example This data is different for every vehicle and can deviate from the data shown here You can find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate gt Open the driver s door You will see vehicle identification plate Q Service products and filling capacities Service products and filling capaci ties gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rear most position gt Fold floor covering Q upwards You will see VIN The VIN can also be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 352 The VIN can also be found at the lower edge of the windshield gt page 353 Emission control information plate including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions standards VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Engine number stamped into the crank case A WARNING Service products may be poisonous and haz ardous to health There is a risk of injury Comply with instructions on the use storage
187. are characteristics of leather and not material defects Seat covers of other materials H Observe the following when cleaning e clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid e clean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sec tions to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e clean DINAMICA covers with a damp cloth Make sure that you wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Cleaning the seat belts A WARNING Seat belts can become severely weakened if bleached or dyed This could cause the seat belts to tear or fail for instance in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or fatal injury Never bleach or dye the seat belts H Do notclean the seat belts using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by heating at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight gt Use clean lukewarm water and soap solu tion Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Headliner if it is very dirty use a soft brush or dry shampoo gt Carpets use the carpet and textile clean ing agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Useful information cee 300
188. are loca ted in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the elec tronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 341 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the inter vals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Ensure the direction of rotation is maintained Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressure and if nec essary restart the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning These advantages can only be gained if the tires are installed correspond ing to the direction of rotation An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation Store wheels that are not bei
189. artKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Select one of buttons to to use to control the garage door drive gt To start programming mode press and hold one of buttons to on the inte grated garage door opener The garage door opener is now in program ming mode After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow Indicator lamp lights up yellow as soon as button or is programmed for the first time If the selected button has already been programmed indicator lamp Q will only light up yellow after ten seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicator lamp Q flashes yellow gt To program the remote control point garage door remote control towards buttons 2 to 4 on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm Features Ea gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt page 281 gt Release button on remote control for the garage door drive system If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programing procedure for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear view mirror The required distance between remot
190. arting the engine Z WARNING The exterior mirror on the front passenger side reduces the size of the image Visible objects are actually closer than they appear This means that you could misjudge the dis tance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an acci dent For this reason always make sure of the actual distance from the road users traveling behind by glancing over your shoulder PEs gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Press button C for the left hand exterior mirror or button for the right hand exte rior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button as long as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button 3 up down or to the left or right until you have adjusted the exterior mirror to the correct position You should have a good overview of traffic con ditions The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger field of vision After the engine has been started the exte rior mirrors are automatically heated at low outside temperatures Heating takes a maxi mum of ten minutes You can also heat up the exterior mirrors manually by switching on the rear window defroster Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically This function is only available in Canada
191. at cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the child restraint system must lie as flat as possible against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat backrest and the head restraint position accordingly Always make sure that the shoul der belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and down wards from the vehicle belt outlet If neces sary adjust the vehicle belt outlet and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Child proof locks Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are traveling in the vehicle they could e open doors thus endangering other people or road users e exit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming traffic e operate vehicle equipment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury Always activate the child proof locks and override feature if children are traveling in the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the key with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Override feature for e the rear doors gt page 62 e the rear side windows gt page 62 Z WARNING If you leave chi
192. atal injury In this case the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occu pant Classification System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified spe cialist workshop Occupant safety ca Safety i ea Occupant safety Safety li DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self test the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident In this case the front passenger front air bag cannot perform its intended protective func tion e g when a person is seated in the front passenger seat That person could for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior especially if the person is sitting too close to the dash board This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the person is seated properly with a cor rectly fastened seatbelt e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the
193. ate for the weight and size of the load e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie downs Pad sharp edges for protection Stowage spaces p Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not correctly store objects in the vehicle interior they can slip or be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury especially when brak ing or abruptly changing directions aia e Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situa gt To open press marking tions Make sure that the eyeglasses compartment e Always make sure that objects do not pro is always closed while the vehicle is in motion trude from stowage compartments parcel nets or stowage nets Stowage compartment in the front center console e Close lockable stowage compartments while driving E Stowage and features e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 Stowage compartments in the front Glove box gt To open press the marking on cover 4 Depending on the vehicle equipment there may be an ashtray in the center con sole instead of a storage compartment gt To open pull handle Q and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards until it engages There is a pen holder at the top of the glove box flap Pa St
194. ation equip ment while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary Observe the legal requirements for the coun try in which you are driving Some jurisdic tions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are unsure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately 14 m per second Drive sensibly save fuel Observe the following tips to save fuel e The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof racks when they are not nee ded e Warm up the engine at low engine speeds e Avoid frequent acceleration or braking e Have all maintenance work carried out as indicated by the service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet or by the service interval display Fuel consumption also increases when driv ing in cold weather in stop start traffic and in hilly terrain Drinking and driving A WARNING Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcoho
195. ationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the automatic locking gt page 212 gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 113 gt Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 0 and leave the SmartKey in the ignition lock It is important that you observe the safety instructions when towing away your vehicle gt page 311 gt On vehicles with KEYLESS GO or the KEYLESS GO start function you must use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button gt page 143 The automatic transmission automatically shifts to position P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock In order to ensure that the automatic transmission stays in position N when towing the vehicle you must observe the following points gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Di Roadside Assistance Ea Fuses Md Roadside Assistance gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric
196. automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Changing gear The automatic transmission shifts to the indi vidual gears automatically when it is in trans mission position D This automatic gear shift ing behavior is determined by e the selected drive program gt page 153 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 152 e the road speed Accelerator pedal position Your style of driving influences how the auto matic transmission shifts gear e little throttle early upshifts e more throttle late upshifts Holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients Z WARNING If the clutch overheats the electronic man agement system is automatically deactivated This interrupts the power transmission The vehicle may for example roll backwards on gradients There is a risk of an accident Never hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients by depressing the accelerator The clutch may overheat if you hold the vehi cle stationary on uphill gradients by depress ing the accelerator pedal If the clutch over heats a warning tone sounds All vehicles except AMG vehicles the Stop Vehicle Shift to P Leave Engine Running display message appears in the mul tifunction display You will only be able to continue your journey once the clutch has cooled down and the display message in the multifunction display has disappeared AMG vehicles the Trans 0il Overhea ted Drive on with Care display messag
197. ave to be reset gt Reset the current lap gt Press OK Jacat Rara CSCL R aLe to confirm Reset Res Timer appears in the multi function display gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm All laps are deleted Overall statistics RACETIMER overall evaluation Total time driven Average speed Distance covered Maximum speed This function is shown if you have stored at least one lap and stopped the RACETIMER gt Press lt or P on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the overall evaluation is shown a Menus and submenus Lap statistics Lap Lap time Average lap speed Lap length Top speed during lap This function is only available if you have stored at least two laps and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the lap evaluation is shown Each lap is shown in a separate submenu The fastest lap is indicated by flashing sym bol gt Press the A or Y button to select a different lap evaluation la On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages General notes Display messages appear in the multifunction display Di
198. aveling If you use a cup holder whilst traveling the container may be flung around and liquid may be spilled The vehicle occu pants may come into contact with the liquid and if it is hot they may be scalded You may be distracted from the traffic conditions and you could lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident and injury Only use the cup holder when the vehicle is stationary Only use the cup holder for con tainers of the right size Always close the con tainer particularly if the liquid is hot Z WARNING If you do not correctly store objects in the vehicle interior they can slip or be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury especially when brak ing or abruptly changing directions e Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situa tions e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage compartments parcel nets or stowage nets e Close lockable stowage compartments while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the trunk Hl Only use the cup holders for containers of the right size and which have lids The drinks could otherwise spill Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 The stowage compartments in the doors pro vide space for bottles e front capacity up to 34 fl oz 1 0 I e rear Capacity up to 17 fl oz 0 5 I Cup holder i
199. back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually or gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 162 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Do not drive on gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ea i On board computer and displays Pa Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and the yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually To apply gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake manually If the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp continues to flash gt Do not drive on gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 342 gt Shift the selector lever to position P gt Turn the front wheels towards the curb gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parki
200. belt is also being used by one of the vehicle s occupants Seat belts are only intended to secure and restrain vehicle occupants Always observe the Loading guidelines for securing objects luggage or loads gt page 262 Fastening and adjusting the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 44 gt Adjust the seat gt page 96 The seat backrest must be in an almost vertical position gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet G gt Engage seat belt tongue 2 in belt buckle Q gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body The shoulder section of the seat belt must always be routed across the center of the shoulder Adjust the belt outlet if necessary gt To raise slide the belt outlet upwards The belt outlet will engage in various posi tions gt To lower hold belt outlet release and slide belt outlet downwards gt Let go of belt outlet release in the desired position and make sure that the belt outlet engages All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to securely fasten child restraint systems in the vehicle Further information can be found under Special seat belt retractor gt page 57 Releasing seat belts H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the sea
201. bserve the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle Overview Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in Tire code Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Rim diameter gt page 339 Load bearing index Department of Transportation Tire Iden Speed rating 5 tification Number gt page 338 General depending on the manufacturer s 5 Maximum load rating gt page 337 standards the size imprinted in the tire wall Maximum tire pressures gt page 324 may not contain any letters or may contain Q Manufacturer one letter that precedes the size description Tire material gt page 338 If there is no letter preceding the size descrip Tire size designation load bearing capa tion as shown above these are passenger city and speed rating gt page 335 vehicle tires according to European manufac Load index gt page 337 turing standards Tire name If P precedes the size description these are passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manu Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi facturing standards ate from the data in the example The markings described above are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designa tion and the manufacturer s name If T precedes the size description compact emergency wheels with high tire pressure Tire
202. bute to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine e do not warm up the engine when the vehicle is stationary e drive carefully and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Pa Introduction e change gear in good time and use each gear only up to of its maximum engine speed e switch off the engine in stationary traffic e keep an eye on the vehicle s fuel consump tion Environmental concerns and recom mendations Wherever the operating instructions require you to dispose of materials first try to regen erate or re use them Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi ces as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e cente
203. by turning OJ or sliding the controller and confirm with The system calculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be stored in the address book The destination download function is availa ble if e the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system e the relevant mobile phone network is avail able and data transfer is possible Route Assistance This service is part of the mbrace PLUS Pack age and cannot be purchased separately You can use the route assistance function even if the vehicle is not equipped with a nav igation system Within the framework of this service you receive a professional and reliable form of navigation support without having to leave your vehicle The customer service representative finds a suitable route depending on your vehicle s current position and the desired destination You will then be guided live through the cur rent route section Search amp Send General notes To use Search amp Send your vehicle must be equipped with mbrace and a navigation sys tem Additionally an mbrace service sub scription must be completed Search amp Send is a destination entry ser vice A destination address which is found on Google Maps can be transferred via mbrace directly to your vehicle s navigation system Specifying and sending the destination address gt Go to the website http
204. c conditions gt Switch off and restart the engine If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop PARKTRONIC is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Park Assist Fin The vehicle is parked A warning tone also sounds ished The display message disappears automatically DISTRONIC PLUS Off DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated gt page 171 If it was not deactivated by the driver a warning tone also sounds DISTRONIC PLUS Now DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again after having been tempo Available rarily unavailable You can now reactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 a Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS Cur rently Unavailable See Operator s Man ual DISTRONIC PLUS Inoperative DISTRONIC PLUS sus pended DISTRONIC PLUS mph Cruise Control Inoperative Cruise Control mph Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the disp
205. c transmission must not be started by tow starting This could otherwise damage the transmission It is better to have the vehicle transported than to have it towed away If the vehicle can no longer be driven because of an accident or breakdown you have the following options e transporting the vehicle As arule you should have the vehicle trans ported e towing the vehicle with a tow rope or tow bar Only tow the vehicle in exceptional cases When towing a vehicle the transmission must be in position N The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e cannot release the electric parking brake e cannot shift the transmission to position N The function of the electric parking brake and the parking lock is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or there is a system malfunction it is possible that e the electric parking brake may not be applied in certain circumstances or e the transmission may not be shifted to P Switch off non essential consumers e g the radio Disarm the automatic locking feature gt page 212 You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle Installing removing the towing eye Installing the towing eye Example towing eye mounting covers gt Remove the towing eye from the stowage space The towing eye is located with the vehicle tool
206. can burst because they are damaged more easily by road debris potholes etc In addition they also suffer from irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e increase the braking distance e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e be more susceptible to damage Maximum tire pressures Example maximum permissible tire pres sure Never exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Always observe the rec ommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 322 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Important safety notes Observe the notes on tire pressure gt page 322 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap gt page 159 e in the Tire pressure section Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the correct tire pres sure proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve
207. ccasesetesvssacstaeaass 214 Engine oil on board computer AMG VehicleS 2c sccccsscscessseaciessteass 214 Outside temperature eeeeeeeee 201 Setting climate control 131 Transmission oil on board com puter AMG vehicles 0 0 eee Through loading feature Timing RACETIMER ce eee Tire pressure Calling up on board computer Checking manually seese Display message ceee Important safety notes 0 0 0 MaXiMUM ss etesniccieiianesns Not reached TIREFIT s is NOTES saersi Reached TIREFIT eceeeeeseeees Recommended ccccscssessecessceesesecesss Tire pressure loss warning system General NOLES cccscecscossceesnensess Important safety notes s s s RESLAMEME cssevcvevcssevatesstueaavssecseeneseos Tire pressure monitor Checking the tire pressure elec tronically s asccacsesaccasses FUNCtION NOTES cceceeseceeeeeeeees General notes s ccccccceesceeecees Important safety notes 0 0 0 Radio type approval for the tire pressure MONITOF oo eee eeeeeeee eee Restarting sues sveccsiebascospecansessd vebeseos Warning lampeen Warning message seee TIREFIT Kit sssccscdistssseceveevtivatecssieseeverscs Tires Aspect ratio definition Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition 0 Bar definition sisses Changing a wheel seseris Characteristics siscscserensie CHECKING seson sterenn Curb weight
208. centrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged H Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked When handling washer fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 353 a Service products and filling capacities At temperatures above freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water At temperatures below freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB Winter Fit For the correct mixing ratio refer to the information on the antifreeze reservoir Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washer fluid all year round Climate control system refrigerant Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the left on the underside of the hood Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Other wise the climate control system may be damaged
209. ch a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehi cle when braking The ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 A WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steerability and braking charac teristics may be severely impaired Addition ally further driving safety systems are deac tivated There is an increased danger of skid ding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 250 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 218 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h regardless of road surface condi tions ABS works on slippery surfaces even when you only brake gently Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit uation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal Ea Driving safety systems Safety i The p
210. check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS Occupant Display messages Es Display messages Lights Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Classification System has disabled the front passenger front air bag gt page 49 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual orFront Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS clas sifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 49 Vehicles with LED bulbs in the light clusters The display message for the corresponding light will only appear if all the LEDs have failed Display m
211. ciently charged Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if e GPS reception is available e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Center The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the mul tifunction steering wheel or gt Use the COMAND Audio 20 volume con trol The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call You can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detec ted if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the R Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the amp i MB Info call button does not light up during self diag nosis of the system e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following buttons continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button QE Roadside Assistance call button Q il MB Info call button e The Inoperative or the Service Not Activated message appears in the multi function d
212. ckwise and pull out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 gt Insert bulb holder 2 and turn it clockwise gt Press on housing cover Q and turn it to the right gt Replace the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 118 High beam headlamps daytime run ning lamps parking lamps and stand ing lamps vehicles with halogen head lamps PRG SP SEHI gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb counter clockwise and pull out gt Insert the new bulb and engage it to the stop gt Press on housing cover Q and turn it to the right Replacing bulbs ia Turn signals halogen headlamps Changing the rear bulbs Opening and closing the side trim pan els REF OFERII gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn bulb holder Q counter clockwise and Pi th aad Lights and windshield wipers T View of right hand side trim panel pu Apne You must open the side trim panel in the trunk gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder before you can change the bulbs in the tail gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder lamps gt Insert bulb holder Q and turn it clockwise To open release right or left side trim until it engages panel at the top and fold it down in the direction of the arrow Cornering light function xenon bulbs gt To close in
213. closed when you shift from P to D or your seat belt must be fastened e the front passenger door and rear doors must be closed Arming gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you up or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected gt Keep the cruise control lever pressed up 1 or down G until the desired speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desired stored speed If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC PLUS Passivemes sage appears in the multifunction display The set distance to a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you determine by the position of the accelerator pedal You can also activate DISTRONIC PLUS when stationary The lowest speed that can be setis 30 km h Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS Pulling away and driving The vehicle can also pull away when it is facing an unidentified obstacle or is driving on a different line from another vehicle The vehi cle then brakes automatically Be ready to brake at all times If you depress the brake DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated unless your vehicle is stationary gt If you want to pull away with DISTRONIC PLUS remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever gt page 173 towards you or gt Accelerate briefly Your vehicle pulls
214. ction of arrow 8 away from wiper arm gt Remove wiper blade in the direction of arrow 6 Installing the wiper blades gt Position new wiper blade Q with recess on lug gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 3 onto the wiper arm until retaining clips engage in bracket gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind shield Windshield wipers fea Lights and windshield wipers T ee Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers tt Problem The windshield wipers are jammed The windshield wipers fail completely The windshield washer fluid from the spray nozzles no longer hits the center of the wind shield Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop The spray nozzles are misaligned gt Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist work shop fits Useful information 000 124 Overview of climate contr
215. ction of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages If DISTRONIC PLUS no longer detects a vehi cle in front DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpect edly accelerate the vehicle to the stored speed This speed may e be too high if you are driving in a filter lane or an exit lane e be so high when driving in the right hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the left hand lane e beso high when driving in the left hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the right hand lane If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Cruise control lever To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS To activate at the current speed last stored speed Setting the specified minimum distance Activating DISTRONIC PLUS Activation conditions To activate DISTRONIC PLUS all of the fol lowing activation conditions must be fulfilled e the engine must be started It may take up to two minutes after pulling away before DISTRONIC PLUS is operational e the electric parking brake must be released e ESP must be active but not intervening e Active Parking Assist must not be activa ted e the transmission must be in position D e the driver s door must be
216. d e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can combine the EDR data with the type of per sonal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehi cle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties that have the special equipment such as law enforce ment can read the information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR EDR data may be used in civil and criminal matters as a tool in accident reconstruction accident claims and vehicle safety Since the Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract data from the EDR is commercially available Mercedes Benz USA LLC Introduction MBUSA expressly disclaims any and all lia bility arising from the extraction of this infor mation by unauthorized Mercedes Benz per sonnel MBUSA will not share EDR data with others without the consent of the vehicle owners or if the vehicle is leased without the consent of the lessee Exceptions to this representation include respons
217. d can be opened gt To open a rear door pull door handle 2 You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can only open the rear doors from inside the vehicle if they are not secured by the child proof locks gt page 62 If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey from the outside opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft Opening and closing E a Doors bo N O ke bo i 2 O alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 71 Centrally locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside This can be useful if you wish to lock the vehicle before pulling away for example gt To unlock press button Q gt To lock press button 2 If all the doors and the trunk lid are closed the vehicle locks Meanwhile the fuel filler flap will not be locked or unlocked You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can open the rear doors from inside the vehicle unless they are secured by the child proof lock gt page 62 If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey from the outside opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 71 If a
218. d fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Ec Battery vehicle Roadside Assistance A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batter ies Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty of clean water and seek medical atten tion Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at tempera tures below freezing point When jump start ing the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Only use battery chargers with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V E Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment gt page 309 gt Open the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor bat tery in the jump starting procedure gt page 309 If the indicator warning lamps do not light up at low temperatures it is very likely that the discharged battery has frozen In this case you may neither jump start the vehicle nor charge the battery The service life of a thawed out bat
219. d lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Other bulbs A WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Allow these components to cool down before changing a bulb Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it e itis hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed for that purpose Only install spare bulbs of the same type and the specified volt age Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs from moisture during opera tion Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbs that you cannot replace Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 117 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself changed at a qualified specialist workshop If you require assistance changing bulbs con sult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspec
220. d specialist work shop immediately The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode is deteriorating The transmission no longer shifts into all of the gears Reverse gear can no longer be engaged gt Stop the vehicle gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the transmission to position D gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately Refueling Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately chang
221. d under the same e mail address the destination will be sent to all the vehicles Vehicle remote opening You can use the vehicle remote opening if you have unintentionally locked your vehicle and a replacement SmartKey is not available The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately opened remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time the remote unlock ing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be opened remotely The vehicle remote unlocking feature is avail able if the relevant mobile phone network is available and a data connection is possible gt Contact the following service hotlines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time agreed upon with the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center Alternatively the vehicle can be opened via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g for iPhone Android To do this you will need your identification number and password Vehicle remote closing The vehicle remote closing feature can be used when you have forgotten to lock the vehicle and you are no longer nearby The vehicle can then be locked by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediatel
222. daptive Brake Assist the distance warning signal can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time If adaptive Brake Assist detects a risk of col lision with the vehicle in front it calculates the braking force necessary to avoid a colli sion If you apply the brakes forcefully adap tive Brake Assist will automatically increase the braking force to a level suitable for the traffic conditions gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will work normally again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer any danger of a collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously Up to a speed of approximately 155 mph 250 km h adaptive Brake Assist is capable of reacting to moving objects that have already been detected as such at least once over the period of observation Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph 70 km h adaptive Brake Assist reacts to stationary obstacles _ESP Electronic Stability Program General notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transm
223. definition Definition of terms eeeeeeeeeeeees Direction of rotation s src Display message ceecee Distribution of the vehicle occu pants definition c e DOT Department of Transporta tion definition s es DOT Tire Identification Number inte a7 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating definition ssena 339 General NOLES ieee 345 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight def IMIEION EEE 339 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat IMB definition 52 cccacccsseeessecseseceees 339 Important safety notes s 318 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 339 Information on driving eee 318 Kilopascal kPa definition 339 Labeling overview essees 335 Load bearing index definition 340 oe Bi ialo eeeeerrrernerereerrer rere eres 337 Load index definition 339 MES FES ss cecia iss ccotenenees 320 Maximum load on a tire defini VOM cncececect cases snesspecnetevercunsevsnssececes 340 Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition sestiere 339 Maximum permissible tire pres SUE definition sescsecevvcssecvsncdeensees 340 Maximum tire load seese 337 Maximum tire load definition 340 MOEXtended tires eee eeeeseeeeee 320 Optional equipment weight defi MIONN eE RERE E 340 PSI pounds per square inch def NITION sdncntannancnacnaess 340 Replacing siscseseseticesstiseesctasesteetesaeass 341 Service life wc sce scceaestiessee
224. desired symbol appears in the dis play Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To increase reduce turn control clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 125 Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To increase reduce press the 8 or button This function is only available with dual zone automatic climate control button button lights gt To activate press the zone The indicator lamp in the up The temperature setting for the driver s side is not adopted for the front passenger side ZONE button button goes gt To deactivate press the zone The indicator lamp in the out The temperature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side ZONE General notes You can use this function to defrost the wind shield or to defrost the inside of the wind shield and the side windows You should only select the Windshield defrosting function until the windshield is clear again Activating deactivating the defrosting function for the windshield gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To activate press the g The indicator lamp in the g up The climate control system switche
225. dients the temporarily active manual drive program M will only be deactivated if the accelerator pedal is depressed while the vehi cle is rolling downhill bo pen a ge c bo S k m fa Automatic transmission _ Driving and parking Upshifting gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear All vehicles except AMG vehicles in order to prevent engine damage the auto matic transmission automatically shifts up e if the maximum engine speed on the cur rently engaged gear is reached and e you continue to accelerate AMG vehicles H in manual drive program M the automatic transmission does not shift up automati cally even when the engine limiting speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrevving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There is otherwise a risk of engine damage Shift recommendation The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an economical driving style The rec ommended gear is shown in the multifunction display gt Shift to recommended gear according to gearshift recommendation Q when shown in the multifunction display of the instrument cluster AMG vehicles H in manual drive program M the automatic transmission does not
226. display mes sage disappears Blind Spot Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Restart the engine Blind Spot Assist is defective The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Park Assist Can The driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt has not been celed fastened gt Repeat the parking process with the seat belt fastened and the driver s door closed You have inadvertently touched the multifunction steering wheel while steering intervention was active gt While steering intervention is active make sure that the multi function steering wheel is not touched unintentionally The vehicle has started to skid and ESP has intervened gt Use Active Parking Assist again later gt page 184 Park Assist Inoper You have just carried out a large number of turning or parking ative maneuvers Active Parking Assist will become available again after approx imately ten minutes gt page 184 Py On board computer and displays gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffi
227. dlamp range depending on the dis tance to the other vehicle Once the system no longer detects any other vehicles it reac tivates the high beam headlamps The system s optical sensor is located behind the windshield near the overhead control panel Important safety notes A WARNING Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize road users e who have no lights e g pedestrians e who have poor lighting e g cyclists e whose lighting is blocked e g by a barrier In very rare cases Adaptive Highbeam Assist may fail to recognize other road users that have lights or may recognize them too late In this or similar situations the automatic high beam headlamps will not be deactivated or activated regardless There is a risk of an acci dent Always carefully observe the traffic conditions and switch off the high beam headlamps in good time Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into account road weather or traffic conditions Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid You are responsible for adjusting the vehicle s lighting to the prevailing light visibility and traffic conditions In particular the detection of obstacles can be restricted if there is e poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow e dirt on the sensors or the sensors are obscured Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on off gt To switch on turn the light switch to auto gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressur
228. door opener If you have difficulty programing the integrated garage door opener contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Alternatively you can call the following tele phone assistance services e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 e HomeLink hotline 1 800 355 3515 free of charge More information on HomeLink and or compatible products is also available online at http www homelink com Notes on the declaration of conformity gt page 24 USA FCC ID CB2HMIHL4 Canada IC 279B HMIHL4 Important safety notes Z WARNING When you operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener per sons in the range of movement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage door Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Programming Programming buttons Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 280 Garage door remote control is not inclu ded with the integrated garage door opener gt Turn the Sm
229. drive wheel may not turn for some time e g on a slippery road sur face This could cause damage to the drive train This type of damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty Briefly depressing the accelerator pedal on downhill gradients while the manual drive program M is temporarily activated the auto matic transmission may switch to the last active automatic drive program E or S The automatic transmission may shift to a higher gear This can reduce the engine s braking effect Heavy and light loads Z WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This increases the stopping distance and can even cause the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time H Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy load do not stop the vehicle immediately Drive on for a short while This allows the air flow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads If you have driven for a long time in heavy rain without braking there may be a delayed reac tion from the brakes when braking for the first time This may also occur after the vehicle has been washed or driven through deep water You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a greater distance
230. e e traction control is still activated e engine torque is restricted to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e ESP still provides support when you brake Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated Driving safety systems PRE SAFE is no longer available nor is it activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST is no lon ger available nor is it activated if you brake firmly with assistance from ESP e ESP still provides support when you brake ESP trailer stabilization General information If your vehicle trailer combination begins to swerve ESP assists you in this situation ESP slows the vehicle down by braking and limiting the engine output until the vehicle trailer combination has stabilized Important safety notes A WARNING If road and weather conditions
231. e Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Side window reversing feature The side windows are equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window from trav eling upwards during the automatic closing process the side window opens again auto matically During the manual closing process the side window only opens again automati cally after the corresponding switch is released The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is no substitute for your atten tion when closing a side window A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e while resetting This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again Opening and closing the side win dows The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window The switches on the driver s door take prec edence Front left Front right Rear right Rear left gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt To open manually press and hold the cor responding switch gt To open fully press the switch beyo
232. e appears in the multifunction display Never hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients by depressing the accelerator Instead only ever hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients by e depressing the brake pedal e activating the HOLD function e engaging the electric parking brake Kickdown Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached The automatic transmission shifts back up AMG vehicles it is only possible to use kick down in the automatic drive program and the Automatic transmission temporary manual drive program M When manual drive program M is permanently acti vated kickdown is not possible For further information on kickdown in man ual drive program M gt page 155 Rocking the vehicle free Shifting the transmission repeatedly between gears D and R may help to free the vehicle if it has become stuck in slush or snow The vehi cle s engine management system limits the speed to a maximum of 5 mph 9 km h when shifting back and forth To shift back and forth between transmission positions D and R move the DIRECT SELECT lever up and down past the point of resistance Program selector button The program selector button allows you to choose between drive programs with differ ent dri
233. e control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 280 If the garage door system uses a rolling code you will also have to synchronize the garage door system with the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror To do this you will need to use the programming button on the door drive control panel The program ming button may be positioned at different locations depending on the manufacturer It is usually located on the door drive unit on the garage ceiling Familiarize yourself with the garage door drive operating instructions e g under Pro gramming of additional remote controls before carrying out the following steps Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or gate opener drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Get out of the vehicle gt Press the programming button on the door drive unit Usually you now have 30 seconds to ini tiate the next step gt Get into the vehicle gt Press previously programmed button 2 or on the integrated garage door opener until t
234. e 0 W 30 e 5 W 30 e 5 W 40 Fuel Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel ra Service products and filling capacities Tank capacity Model Total capa city CLA 250 13 2 US gal 50 0 1 All other models 14 8 US gal 56 0 I Model Of which reserve AMG vehicles Approx 2 1 US gal 8 0 I All other models Approx 1 6 US gal 6 0 I Gasoline Fuel grade H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel O
235. e 146 Overview of climate control systems Pilata Climate control 4 USA only Sets the temperature left gt page 131 Sets climate control to automatic gt page 131 Defrosts the windshield gt page 133 Increases the airflow gt page 132 Sets the air distribution gt page 132 Display Activates deactivates air recirculation mode gt page 135 Switches climate control on off gt page 129 Sets the temperature right gt page 131 Activates deactivates maximum cooling gt page 133 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 129 Reduces the airflow gt page 132 3 Switches the rear window defroster on off gt page 134 Switches the ZONE function on off gt page 132 Climate control E Overview of climate control systems Canada only Sets the temperature left gt page 131 FILEP Sets climate control to automatic gt page 131 Defrosts the windshield gt page 133 Increases the airflow gt page 132 Sets the air distribution gt page 132 Display Activates deactivates air recirculation mode gt page 135 Switches climate control on off gt page 129 Sets the temperature right gt page 131 Switches the residual heat function on off gt page 135 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 129 Reduces the airflow gt page 132 Switches the rear window defros
236. e 256 Tire pressure monitor 259 Reserve fuel ESP OFF 252 ABS 250 Brakes 249 praxe USA only Canada only Function Multifunction display Audio 20 COMAND display see the separate operating instructions we Switches on the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions X Mute Adjusts the volume Rejects or ends a call Exits phone book redial memory Van Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial mem ory 208 Function 4a gt Selects a menu A v Selects a submenu or scrolls through lists OK Confirms a selection Hides display messages i Back Switches off the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Page 201 201 201 217 201 33 At a glance g g Center console Center console Center console upper section lO Function Page Audio system COMAND see the separate operating instructions a OFF A tion Seat heating 100 PARKTRONIC 181 ECO start stop func 145 Funct lamps ion A Hazard warning EA keso PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp Selects the drive pro AMG vehicles ESP Page 113 41 153 68 Center console low
237. e Center This is done either by text message or data connection The emergency call system sends the mes sage or data provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace ser vice e the mbrace service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone network is available ee ES Useful information 0 eeeeeeees 74 SmartKey e esecicess 74 Doors oee ees 81 Trunk reee e e 83 Side windows eee e ceeees 86 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panell eae e e 90 Opening and closing I SmartKey Useful information Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before This Operator s Manual describes all inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of Il Keep the SmartKey away from strong Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start function do not keep the SmartKey in the cargo com A WARNING partment Otherwise the SmartKey may not A PRA i be detected e g when starting the engine If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle using the Start Stop button they could publication of the Operator s Manual magnetic fields Otherwise the remote Country specific differences are possible control function could be affected b0 Please note that your vehicle may not be Strong magnetic fields can occur in the S equipped with all features described This vicinity of powerful electrical inst
238. e NAVI button in COMAND Audio 20 for example Voice output is not available in this case A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the remote malfunction diagnosis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the problem gt page 278 The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing You can find more information in the separate mbrace manual The system has not been able to initiate a Roadside Assistance call if e the indicator lamp for Roadside Assistance call button A is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was estab lished This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding COMAND Audio 20 button for ending a phone call MB Info call button gt To call MB Info press MB Info call but ton This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button
239. e Tel menu a display message appears in the mul tifunction display You can accept a call at any time even if you are not in the Tel menu Rejecting or ending a call gt Press the wheel button on the steering You can end or reject a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Dialing an entry from the phone book gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the A W or OK button to switch to the phone book gt Authorize access to the phone book on the phone Menus and submenus eee gt Pressthe A or W buttontoselectthe Assistance menu desired name or gt To begin rapid scrolling press and hold the A or W button for longer than one second Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the or OK button to start dialing Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you have the following options in the DriveAssist menu Introduction or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the or OK e Displaying the assistance graphic button to display the numbers gt paps 209 o gt Press the A or W button to selectthe Activating deactivating ESP except AMG number you want
240. e button on the door gt page 103 they will not fold out automat ically The exterior mirrors can then only be folded out using the button on the door gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Auto Mirror Folding function If the Auto Mirror Folding function is activated the vehicle s exterior mirror is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Restoring the factory settings gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Factory Settings submenu gt Press OK to confirm The Reset All Settings message appears gt Pressthe W jor A or Yes gt Press the tion If you have selected Yes the multifunction display shows a confirmation message button to select No OK button to confirm the selec For safety reasons the Daytime Running Lights function in the Lights submenu is only reset if the vehicle is stationary al On board computer and displays submenus AMG menu in AMG vehicles AMG displays Digital speedometer Gear indicato
241. e care cannot always be completely repaired In such cases visit a qualified spe cialist workshop gt Remove dirt immediately where possible while avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax If water no longer forms beads on the paint surface use the paint care products recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to five months depending on the climate con ditions and the care product used If dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if the paint has become dull the paint cleaner recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz should be used 1 Maintenance and care Maintenance and care Do not use these care products in the sun or on the hood while the hood is hot gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up Stick to repair slight damage to the paintwork quickly and provisionally Matte finish care H Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy wheels Polishing causes the finish to shine H The following may cause the paint to become shiny and thus reduce the matte effect
242. e check begins During this procedure you will see the Vehicle Diagnostics Active message If you select Cancel the Vehicle Health Check is canceled completely When the check is complete the Sending vehicle diagnostics data Voice connection may be interrupted dur ing data transfer message appears The vehicle data can now be sent gt Press the OK button to confirm the mes sage The voice connection with the Customer Assistance Center is terminated The Vehicle Diagnostics Transfer ring Data message appears The vehicle data is sent to the Customer Assistance Center Depending on what the customer service rep resentative agreed with you the voice con nection is re established after the transfer is complete If necessary you will be contacted at a later time by another means e g by e mail or phone Another function of the Vehicle Health Check is the transfer of service data to the Customer Assistance Center If a service is due the dis play shows a message to this effect together with information about any special offers at your workshop This information can also be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Information on the data stored in the vehicle gt page 26 Information on Roadside Assistance gt page 22 Downloading routes Downloading routes allows you to transfer and save predefined routes in the navigation system A route can be prepared and sent by either a custo
243. e engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Park position with parking lock Reverse gear Neutral Drive Bear in mind that the power transmission between the engine and the transmission is interrupted when the engine is switched off oj Z v All vehicles except AMG vehicles the DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the steering column For information on the selector lever in AMG vehicles gt page 151 The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns to its original position The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the transmis sion position display in the multifunction dis play gt page 149 Transmission position and drive pro gram display H If the transmission position display in the multifunction display is not working you should pull away carefully to check whether the desired transmission position is engaged Ideally you should select trans mission position D and drive program E or S Transmission position Gear Drive program display The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction display The arrows in the transmission position dis play show how and into which transmission positions you can shift using the DIRECT SELECT lever Engagin
244. e exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following A WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to the filler neck Let the engine cool down and thoroughly clean the engine oil off the com ponents before starting the engine Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and oil filters that have been approved for vehicles with a ser vice system You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products at any Mercedes Benz Service center Damage to the engine or exhaust system is caused by the following e using engine oils and oil filters that have not been specifically approved for the service system e replacing engine oil and oil filters after the interval for replacement specified by the service system has been exceeded e using engine oil additives Do not add too much oil adding too much engine oil can result in damage to the Example engine oil cap gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Add engine
245. e following settings are stored as a single memory preset e seat and backrest position e driver s side position of the exterior mir rors on the driver s and front passenger sides Memory function 107 gt Adjust the seat gt page 98 gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the driver s side gt page 103 gt Briefly press the M memory button and then press storage position button 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected pre set position A tone sounds when the set tings have been completed gt Press and hold the relevant preset position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat and exterior mirrors are in the stored position The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button Seats steering wheel and mirrors Useful information eeeeee 110 Exterior lighting c ceeeeeeee 110 Interior lighting c cece 115 Replacing bulbs ceeceeneee 116 Windshield wipers 0 c0 120 Lights and windshield wipers E el Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described Thi
246. e fuel filler cap is displayed lt in the instrument cluster The arrow on the filling pump indicates the side of the vehi cle Opening the fuel filler flap a l on E To open the fuel filler flap Tire pressure table Refueling Se To insert the fuel filler cap Instruction label for fuel type to be refu eled gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow 4 The fuel filler flap swings up gt Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise and remove it gt Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder on the inside of fuel filler flap gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank hook in place and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time Otherwise fuel may leak out Closing the fuel filler flap gt Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages audibly gt Close the fuel filler flap Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open the reserve fuel warning lamp flashes A message appears in the multifunction display gt page 234 In addition the 3 Check Engine warning lamp may light up gt page 256 For further information on warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster see
247. e g tire pressure monitoring systems Regularly check the pressure of all the tires particularly prior to long trips Adjust the tire pressure as necessary gt page 322 The service life of tires depends among other things on the following factors e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance covered Z WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving con ditions There is a risk of accident If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at differ ent locations on the tire tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires in 3 mm e M S tires Y in 4 mm For safety reasons replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Py Wheels and tires Marking Q shows where the bar indicator arrow for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once a tread depth of Ea Winter operation i Wheels and tires approximately Vie in 1 6 mm has been reached If this is the case the tire is so worn
248. e head restraints gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Route Top Tether belt 6 under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars Vehicles without adjustable head restraints gt Top Tether belt with one belt strap route Top Tether belt centrally over head restraint or gt Top Tether belt with two belt straps route one Top Tether belt to the left and one to the right past the side of head restraint All vehicles gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Hook Top Tether hook 4 of Top Tether belt into Top Tether anchorage Make sure that e Top Tether hook 4 is hooked into Top Tether anchorage as shown e Top Tether belt is not twisted e Top Tether belt is routed between the rear seat backrest and the cargo com partment cover if the cargo compart ment cover is installed gt Tension Top Tether belt Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructions when doing so Vehicles with adjustable head restraints gt If necessary move head restraint Q back down again slightly Make sure that you do not interfere with the correct routing of Top Tether belt Child restraint system on the front _ passenger seat General notes Accident statistics show that chi
249. e in position Backrest angle gt Relieve the pressure on the backrest gt Turn handwheel forwards or backwards Seat height gt Pull handle upwards or push it down repeatedly until the seat has reached the desired height Seat cushion angle Adjust the angle so that your thighs are lightly supported gt Turn handwheel 2 forwards or backwards Seat height Seat cushion angle Seat fore and aft adjustment Backrest angle You can store the seat settings using the memory function gt page 106 Important safety notes A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine A WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Using the fore and aft adjustment adjust the head restraint so that it is as close as possible to your he
250. e information please contact a qualified specialist work shop If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e Snow chains may not be mounted on all wheel tire combinations Permissible wheel tire combinations gt page 345 e Only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow Remove the snow chains as soon as possi ble when you come to a road that is not snow covered e Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Observe the appropriate reg ulations if you wish to mount snow chains e Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h e When snow chains are installed never use Active Parking Assist gt page 184 You may wish to deactivate ESP when pull ing away with snow chains installed gt page 67 You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner achieving an increased driving force cutting action Fay Wheels and tires Tire and Loading Information placard Tire pressure specifications Important safety notes Z WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks e the tires may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e the tires may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steer ing and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Follow recommended tire inflation press
251. e out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel A WARNING Electrostatic buildup can create sparks and ignite fuel vapors There is a risk of fire and explosion Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle Any existing electrostatic buildup is thereby discharged H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system H Take care not to spill any fuel on painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork H Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can Otherwise the fuel lines and or injection system could be blocked by particles from the fuel can Do not get into the vehicle again during the refueling process Otherwise electrostatic charge could build up again If you overfill the fuel tank fuel could spray out when the fuel pump nozzle is removed For further information on fuel and fuel quality gt page 353 General information The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto matically when you unlock or lock the vehicle with the key The position of th
252. e point in the direction of arrow Q The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display lights up when it is dark and the light sensor activates the low beam head lamps If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 28 mph 45 km h Interior lighting es The headlamp range is set automatically depending on the distance between the vehicle and other road users If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 35 mph 55 km h and no other road users have been detected The high beam headlamps are switched on automatically The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster also lights up If you are driving at speeds below approx imately 30 mph 45 km h or other road users have been detected or the roads are adequately lit The high beam headlamps are switched off automatically The ZO indicator lamp in Interior lighting Overview of interior lighting Front overhead control panel a SN the instrument cluster goes out The o indicator lamp in the multifunction display remains lit gt To deactivate move the combination switch back to its normal position The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display goes out Headlamps fogged up on the inside Certain climatic and physical conditions may cause moisture to form in the headlamp This moisture does not affect the functionality of the headlamp lamp on off Switches
253. e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit ting properly Particular attention must be paid to children Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 44 A booster seat may be necessary
254. e traffic sit uation and be ready to brake A WARNING The distance warning function cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases the distance warning function may give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and do not rely solely on the distance warning function Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate the distance warning function in the on board computer gt page 210 If the distance warning function is not activa ted the X s symbol appears in the assis tance graphics display The distance warning function can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If the distance warning function detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h the distance warning function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Driving safety systems a gt Brake immediately in order to increase the distance from the vehicle in front so Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause the
255. e train or the brake system H As the ESP system operates automati cally the engine and the ignition must be switched off the SmartKey must be in posi tion O or 1 in the ignition lock if e the electric parking brake is tested on a brake dynamometer for a maximum of ten seconds e the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised Braking triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Consult a qualified specialist workshop to arrange this Have brake pads installed and brake fluid replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If the brake system has only been subject to moderate loads you should test the function ality of your brakes at regular intervals You can find a description of Brake Assist BAS on gt page 64 Mercedes Benz recommends that you only have brake pads linings installed on your vehicle which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which correspond to an equivalent quality standard Brake pads linings which have not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which are not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehi cle s operating safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use brake fluid that has been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or which corresponds to an equivalent quality standard Brake fluid which has not been
256. e vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Do not disen gage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised The jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large flat load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height e Make sure that the distance between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 in 3 cm e Never place your hands and feet under the raised vehicle e Do not lie under the vehicle e Do not start the engine when the vehicle is raised e Do not open or close a door or the trunk lid when the vehicle is raised e Make sure that no persons are present in the vehicle when the vehicle is raised The jacking points are located just behind the Vehicles with steel wheels the hub cap front wheel housings and just in front of the covers the wheel bolts Before you can rear wheel housings arrows unscrew the wheel bolts you must remove AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG the hub caps equipment to protect the vehicle body the Steel wheel with hub caps gt Using both hands carefully reach into two hub cap openings and remove the hub cap PD Pee ial Wheels and
257. e vehicle can also not be locked unlocked using the remote control function gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop The on board voltage is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 307 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 309 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is locked gt Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 77 and replace it if nec essary gt page 78 If this does not work gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock Problem You have lost a Smart Key shop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well You have lost the mechanical key Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they c
258. e washer fluid level drops below the rec ommended minimum of 1 liter a message appears in the multifunction display prompt ing you to add washer fluid gt page 245 Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 358 ASSYST PLUS ar a E The ASSYST PLUS service interval displa informs you of the next service due date You can find information on the type of ser vice and service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at http www mbusa com USA only The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not show any information on the engine oil level Observe the notes on the engine oil level gt page 287 The multifunction display shows a service message for several seconds e g e Service A in e Service A Due e Service A Exceeded by Days Depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle the remaining time or distance until the next service due date is displayed The letter A or B possibly in connection with a number or another letter indicates the type of service A stands for a minor service and B for a major service You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnec ted Maintaining the time dependent service schedule
259. eat belt gt page 44 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety systems Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds erake USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A WARNING The brake boosting effect is malfunctioning and the braking char acteristics may be affected There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir Z WARNING The braking effect
260. ece eeeeteeeee 31 Buttons on the steering wheel California Important notice for retail cus tomers and lessees ccesceeeeeee Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Care Car wash Carpetes DIS Play sexicssecesisieientesc doe citadesseeess Exhaust pipe Exterior lights s 2 sscesceseeeececteoseses Gear or selector lever Interior ROOF IIMUME nies cssisieietses ici ieceeie Seat belt Seat COVEN ssc is sesssaehetecsvececteessecexs Sensors Steering wheel Tim Pi COS siiri oiire eraai Washing by hand Ma AELA WINdOWS ccsersrstrserssossrersraersesicsevss s Wiper blades c c ss c cesetesotecsetosesenes Wooden trim Cargo compartment enlargement Cargo tie down rings eee CD player CD changer on board computer Center console Lower section Upper section Central locking Automatic locking on board com puter Locking unlocking SmartKey Changing bulbs Brake lamps sisien Cornering light function High beam headlamps 60 Low beam headlamps 00 Rear fog lamp Turn signals front Turn signals rear Child Restraint SYSTEM siis erensia 57 Child seat Forward facing restraint system 61 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCONS sirier raoe ceasrecazssscseneseses 58 On the front passenger seat 60 Rearward facing restraint system 61 TOP Eth Ot essescsssesaseevedeevevavessescouevecs 59 Child proof locks Important sa
261. echanical ning smoothly and is component of the engine management system misfiring gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly Otherwise non combusted fuel may get into the catalytic con verter and damage it gt Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop The coolant tempera The coolant level is too low The coolant is too hot and the engine ture gauge shows a is no longer being cooled sufficiently value above 248 F 120 C The coolant warning lamp may also be on and a warning tone may sound gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt page 289 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary Automatic transmission To prevent the vehicle from rolling away e when the engine is switched off and the vehicle is stationary shift the automatic Z WARNING transmission to park position P and If the engine speed is above the idling speed e apply the electric parking brake and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a ee a risk of an accident DIRECT SELECT lever When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate Important safety notes Overview of transmission positions A WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off th
262. ecialist workshop AUTO lights Display message eere 232 see Lights Automatic car wash care 292 Automatic engine start ECO start stop FUNCTION 00 eee eee eeeeeee eens 146 Automatic engine switch off ECO start stop function 0 ee 145 Automatic headlamp mode 110 Automatic transmission Accelerator pedal position 152 Automatic drive program s e 154 Changing gear esec 152 DIRECT SELECT lever ceeeeees 148 Drive program display cece 149 Driving tPS ies acess cost escecedececeesseresees 152 Emergency running mode 158 Engaging drive position s 151 Engaging neutral seee 150 Engaging park position AMG vehi CIOS ccccncvesevscceecesecucte cessseensneencaeeates 151 Engaging park position automati Cally seessccssececeevscenseseuceus caavessesesveestis Engaging reverse gear Engaging the park position 149 Holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients 0 eee eeeeeeeeseeeees 153 KICK OWN sixes heist ieee easiest cath 153 Manual drive program n se 155 Oil temperature on board com puter AMG vehicles eseese 214 OVEIVIEW ciinanncnsnniacnadons 148 Problem malfunction eee 158 Program selector button 153 Pullin SWAY ccccissscssscsssecsustaccesssssecss 144 Selector lever ws ccacessesesicee 151 Starting the engine sissi 144 Steering wheel paddle shifters 154 Transmission position dis
263. eck whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The backup lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left hand or front right hand side marker lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays a Display messages LI On board computer and displays Display messages w Check Rear Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp XY NA Check Left Daytime time Running Light wD Active Headlamps m Q g 9 fed c lt D E Malfunction See Operator s Manual XY NA Active Headlamps Ki Q p 9 a fe ot lt D XY NA Switch Off Lights Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear left hand or rear right hand side marker lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand daytime running lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 1
264. ed on the evaluation of this data the restraint system control unit triggers the Emergency Tensioning Devices during a fron tal or rear collision An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be triggered if e the ignition is switched on e the components of the restraint system are operational see Restraint system warning lamp gt page 41 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the respective front passenger seat The Emergency Tensioning Devices in the rear compartment are triggered independ ently of the lock status of the seat belts If the restraint system control unit detects a more severe accident further components of the restraint system are activated independ ently of each other in certain frontal collision situations e Front air bags as well as driver s and front passenger knee bags e Window curtain air bag if the system deter mines that deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt The front passenger front air bag is activated or deactivated depending on the person on the front passenger seat The front passenger front air bag can only deploy in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indi cator lamp is lit Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps gt page 41 Your vehicle has two stage front air bags During the first deployment stage the front air bag is filled with propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is
265. edes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Protection against theft gt To arm lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Indicator lamp flashes The alarm sys tem is armed after approximately 15 seconds gt To disarm unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e a door e the vehicle with the mechanical key e the trunk lid e the hood gt Toturn the alarm off with the SmartKey press the a or button onthe SmartKey The alarm is switched off or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off Protection against theft gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The Smart Key must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dash board The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off Safety J The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that triggered it for example If the alarm continues for more than 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call system automatically notifies the Cus tomer Assistanc
266. eedometer km h Speedometer mph gt Press the OK button to save the setting The speed is highlighted in km h or in mph conversely to your speedometer Lights Switching the daytime running lamps on off This function is not available in Canada gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the _W or A button to select the Daytime Running Lights function If the Daytime Running Lights function has been switched on the cone of light and the 3 symbol in the multifunction dis play are shown in orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Further information on daytime running lights gt page 110 Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic door locking mechanism gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Automatic Door Lock function When the Automatic Door Lock function is activated the vehicle doors are displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the
267. eel bolts and brake components H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Cleaning the windows Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing sol vents to clean the inside of the windows Do not touch the insides of the windows with hard objects e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstan ces prevent water from draining away This can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components gt Clean the inside and outside of the win dows with a da
268. ees 82 Upshift indicator on board com puter AMG vehicles 214 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 269 Vehicle COMOCL USE Es 25 Data ACQUISITION ssesssissssrsesssssirsritsosss 26 Display message se eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 242 EQUIPMONE sccis5 sescscrecavesaceasescsesteceaes 21 Individual settings cece 211 Limited Warranty eseeeeeseeseeeeees 25 Loading sissies 329 Locking in an emergency s s s 83 Locking SmartKey spiris orirriss 74 LOWETINE enrian 345 Maintenance ceccecccsosesesonecesnsecess 22 Parking for a long period 163 Pulling AWAY oo eeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 144 RAISINS aeree ERE 342 Reporting problems cceeseees 25 Securing from rolling away 342 TANS POPLIN Gc sce sacesecsstesscevesssoczees 314 Unlocking in an emergency 83 Unlocking SmartKey n se 74 Vehicle data eriseeria 359 Vehicle data Roof load MaxiMuUM sses 359 Trunk load mMaxiMUM eeeeeeeees 359 Vehicle dimensions 0 359 Vehicle emergency locking 83 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 352 Vehicle tool kit 00 0 eee 300 Ventilation Setting the Vent sscecosereees 136 Video Operating the DVD ou eee 207 MIN eE cease eee 352 Warning and indicator lamps ABS oirean 250 Brakes rG 249 Check Engin eniai 256 ool le lal EE ET 256 D
269. ehicle s occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly including pregnant women e are sitting correctly and maintain the great est possible distance to the air bags e follow the following instructions Always make sure that there are no objects between the air bag and the vehicle s occu pants e Adjust the seats properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in an almost upright position The center of the head restraint must support the head at about eye level e Move the driver s and front passenger seats as far back as possible The driver s seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely e Only hold the steering wheel on the out side This allows the air bag to be fully deployed e Always lean against the backrest while driv ing Do not lean forwards or lean against the door or side window You may other wise be in the deployment area of the air bags e Always keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat Do not put your feet on the dashboard for example Your feet may oth erwise be in the deployment area of the air bag e For this reason always secure persons less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable restraint systems Up to this height the seat belt cannot be worn correctly If a child is traveling in your vehicle also observe the following notes e Always secure children under 12 years of age and less than 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable child restr
270. ely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The battery is no longer being charged and the battery charge level is too low A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Observe the instructions in the EF See Operator s Manual display message gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level A warning tone also sounds H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 288 gt f necessary add engine oil gt page 288 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station Display messages a Gas Cap Loose Driving systems Display messages Attention Assist Take a Break SSS Attention Assist Inoperative Off Possible caus
271. en Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yel low at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indica tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp Q on the corre sponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the indicator warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light oo pan a ge c eo S k m ea Driving systems Driving and parking Collision warning Ifa vehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the corresponding turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red warning lamp flashes If the turn signal remains on detected vehicles are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp There are no further warning tones Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Blind Spot Assist is activa ted in the on board computer gt page 211 gt Turn the SmartKey to position
272. engine oil This could damage the engine Engine oil viscosity 2 Pei Oo RRi Viscosity describes the flow characteristics of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin Select an engine oil with an SAE classification viscosity suitable for the prevailing outside temperatures The table shows you which SAE classifications are to be used The low temperature characteristics of engine oils can deteriorate significantly e g as a result of aging soot and fuel deposits It is therefore strongly recommended that you carry out reg ular oil changes using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification Brake fluid Z WARNING The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals When handling brake fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 353 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at any qualified specialist work
273. ent cluster Ea Tires Problem 0 The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction is lit The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires A WARNING Tire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 300 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 326 gt f necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure monitor is faulty A WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure There is a risk of an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multif
274. ent cluster lights up when the igni tion is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the vehicle is started The components of the restraint system are in operational readiness A malfunction has occurred if the restraint system warning lamp e does not light up after the ignition is switched on e does not go out after a few seconds with the engine running e lights up again while the engine is running Z WARNING If restraint system is malfunctioning restraint system components may be triggered unin tentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration This can affect the Emer gency Tensioning Device or air bag for exam ple This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Have the restraint system checked and repaired in a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp are part of the Occupant Classifica tion System OCS The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted I
275. epress it before the vehicle begins to roll Z WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no lon ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist Hill start assist is not active if e you are pulling away on a level road or ona downhill gradient e the transmission is in position N e the electric parking brake is applied e ESP is malfunctioning Further information on holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients gt page 153 ECO start stop function Introduction The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically if the vehicle is stop ped under certain conditions The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again The ECO start stop function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emissions of your vehicle Important safety notes Z WARNING If the engine is switched off automatically and you exit the vehicle the engine is restarted bing hes automatically The vehicle may begin moving There is a risk of accident and injury If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the ignition and secure the vehicle against rolling away General notes ECO start stop display If the engine has been switched off automat ically by the ECO start stop fu
276. er Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents rec ommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Washing the vehicle and cleaning the paintwork Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent damage to the vehicle deacti vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func tion in the following or other similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Make sure that the automatic transmis sion is in position N when washing your vehicle in a tow through car wash The vehi cle could be damaged if the transmission is in another position H Make sure that e t
277. er cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the vehicle interior You can move the adjusters for the air vents vertically or horizontally to set the direction of the airflow For optimal climate control in the vehicle open the air vents completely and set the adjusters to the central position gt To open the center air vents turn the adjuster in one of center air vents Q coun ter clockwise gt To close the center air vent turn the adjuster in one of center air vents Q clock wise as far as it will go Side window defroster vent Side air vent gt To open a side air vent turn the adjuster in the side air vent 2 to the left gt To close a side air vent turn the adjuster in side air vent clockwise as far as it will go Rear compartment air vent left Rear compartment air vent right Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel gt To open close turn thumbwheel 3 up or down Ifthe control panel in the front is switched off no air can flow through the rear air vents Climate control E Useful information 06 140 Notes on breaking in a new vehi elesni en cc Stscnx ote oaoecec SRE Driving Automatic transmission 148 Refueling 5 See 158 Parking ea a eee rere 160 Driving tipse e ee eee 163 Driving systems ccecceeeeeees 169 b0 a a To 5 b0 S m
278. er offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged H Before folding the backrest in the rear compartment forwards make sure that the rear compartment armrest and the cupholder are folded in They may other wise be damaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 The left hand and right hand rear seat backr ests can be folded forwards separately to increase the trunk capacity oO Sn gt oO oO me c oO oO bo z e N Pal Stowage areas Stowage and features Folding the rear seat backrest forwards and back Folding the rear seat backrests forward gt Fully insert the backrest head restraints gt page 99 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Pull left hand or right hand release han dle of the seat backrest forwards Corresponding seat backrest Q is released gt Fold backrest Q forwards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary gt Insert the seat belt into seat belt holder 4 Folding the rear seat backrest back H Make sure that the seat belt does not become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged gt
279. er section Function Ashtray Cigarette lighter Socket Stowage compartment Stowage compartment Cup holder Page 270 270 271 263 263 268 Function Page Stowage compartment with Media Interface 263 Audio COMAND control ler see the separate oper ating instructions At a glance 36 Door control panel Function Page Function Page Opens the door 81 Opens closes the ide wind 87 a Unlocks locks SEASUS the vehicle 82 ZA Activates deacti vates the override feature for the side windows in the rear compartment 62 ss Opens the trunk 85 MI 1 2 3 Saves the seat and exterior mirror settings 106 Adjusts the seats electri cally 98 amp la ly ie Adjusts and folds the exte rior mirrors in out electri cally 103 Overhead control panel Oler O Function Switches the rear interior lighting on off Switches the right hand reading lamp on off Switches the front interior lighting automatic interior lighting control off Gil MB Info call button mbrace system Rear view mirror Sets the compass Buttons for the garage door opener A Roadside Assistance call button mbrace sys tem Tie Tie 275 103 283 280 274 Overhead control panel Function S0S SOS button mbrace system
280. erates rapidly from a speed of above 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a standstill The hazard warning lamps switch off auto matically if the vehicle reaches a speed of above 6 mph 10 km h again after a full brake application The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off Cornering light function The cornering light function improves the illu mination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better vis ibility in tight bends for example It can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on Active e if you are driving at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signal or turn the steering wheel e if you are driving at speeds between 25 mph 40 km h and 45 mph 70 km h and turn the steering wheel The cornering lamp may remain lit for a short time but is automatically switched off after no more than three minutes Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers 4 fea Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers tel Adaptive Highbeam Assist General notes You can use this function to set the head lamps to change between low beam and high beam automatically The system recognizes vehicles with their lights on either approach ing from the opposite direction or traveling in front of your vehicle and consequently switches the headlamps from high beam to low beam The system automatically adapts the low beam hea
281. eristics This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire ply composition and material used Describes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Normal occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehi cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics The quality grading assessment is made by the manufac turer following specifications from the U S government The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressures The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed
282. erruption then the backing up function will malfunction or not work The sliding sunroof closes with increased or maximum force Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In such or similar situations always make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area Always reset the sliding sunroof after a malfunction or voltage supply interruption H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The sliding sunroof can If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopens not be closed and you again slightly cannot see the cause Immediately after it blocks pull the E switch down again to the point of resistance until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force Opening and closing 2 If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and then reopens slightly gt Immediately after it blocks pull the switch down again to the point of resistance until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti entrapment fea ture Useful information eee 96 Correct driver s seat position 96 Seats cece ess 97 Steering wheel cccceeeeeeeee 102 Mirrors oenen rere reece eee cas
283. es 103 Memory function cccceceee 106 Seats steering wheel and mirrors Fs ca Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors L_ Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Correct driver s seat position A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine gt Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjustment gt page 97 gt Make sure that seat is adjusted prop erly Manual seat adjustment gt page 98 Electrical seat adjustment gt page 98 When adjusting the seat make sure that e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright posi tion e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e
284. es are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorate e g when corner ing accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use The defective tire must be replaced in every case TIREFIT kit Important safety notes TIREFIT is a tire sealant You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to 0 16 in 4 mm particularly those in the tire tread You can use TIREFIT at outside tem peratures down to 4 F 20 C Z WARNING In the following situations the tire sealant is unable to provide sufficient breakdown assis tance as it is unable to
285. es consequences and gt Solutions There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed gt Close the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Based on certain criteria ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or a lack of concentration on the part of the driver A warning tone also sounds gt f necessary take a break During long journeys take regular breaks in good time so you get enough rest ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The HOLD function is deactivated The vehicle is skidding A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate the HOLD function later gt page 178 The HOLD function is deactivated When the brake pedal is firmly depressed an activation condition is not fulfilled A warning tone also sounds gt Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function gt page 178 Display messages Ba i On board computer and displays Pa Display messages ed On board computer and displays Display messages Lane Keeping Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual
286. es or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate Tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire pressure to that recommended for cold tires which is suitable for the operating situation gt page 322 Note that the correct tire pres sure for the current operating situation must first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor If there is a substantial loss of pressure the warning threshold for the warning message is aligned to the reference values taught in Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjust ing the pressure of the cold tires gt page 328 The current pressures are saved as new reference values As a result a warning message will appear if the tire pres sure drops significantly The tire pressure monitor does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 322 The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat ing a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indi cates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monito
287. es to subpoenas by law enforcement by federal state or local gov ernment in connection with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates or as required by law Warning The EDR is a component of the Restraint System Module Tampering with altering modifying or removing the EDR com ponent may result in a malfunction of the Restraint System Module and other systems State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre emp ted This means that in the event of such con flict the federal regulation governs As of February 2013 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs Information on copyright Information on license for free and open source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the fol lowing website http www mercedes benz com opensource Cockpit Instrument cluster ceeeeeeee 31 Multifunction steering wheel 33 Center console aeee 34 Door control panel eee 36 Overhead control panel 37 wo o At a glance i 30 Cockpit ockpit Glo Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Instrument cluster Horn DIRECT SELECT lever PARKTRONIC warning dis play Overhead control panel 154 112 31 148 181 37 00000000 Function Climate control systems Ignition lock Adjusts the
288. essages Check Left Corner ing Light or Check Right Cornering Light ros Check Left Low Beam or Check Right Low Beam Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand cornering light is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand low beam headlamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays a Display messages E On board computer and displays Display messages W Check Rear Left Turn Signal or Check Rear Right Si N Q l Check Left Mirror Turn Signal or Check Right Mirror Ca Q l Eog heck Center Brake amp O NA Check Left Brake tz Check Left Tail and Brake Lamps or Check Right Tail and Brake Lamps W Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Vi
289. essure is correct on all four wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the cur rent tire pressure for each tire or the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message gt Press the W button The multifunction display shows the Use current pressures as new reference values message If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Radio type approval for the tire pres sure monitor Country Radio type approval number USA FCC ID MRXMW2433A FCC ID MRXGG4 FCC ID MRXMC34MA4 Canada IC 2546A MW2433A IC 2546A GG4 IC 2546A MC34MA4 Loading the vehicle ir i N WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded tire
290. est contour To lower the backrest contour To harden the backrest contour Seats steering wheel and mirror AMG Performance Seat Vehicles with electrically adjustable seats to adjust the contour of the seat and for improved lateral support you can individually adjust the front seats Adjusting the side bolsters of the seat cushion gt To set the side bolsters of the seat cushion narrower press button Q gt To set the side bolsters of the seat cushion wider press button 2 Adjusting the seat backrest side bolsters gt To set the side bolsters of the seat backrest narrower press button gt To set the side bolsters of the seat backrest wider press button Switching the seat heating on off Switching on off Z WARNING Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high tempera tures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automa
291. et the correct tire pressure If an incorrect tire pressure is set these incorrect values will be monitored gt Also observe the notes in the section on tire pressures gt page 322 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator active Restart with OK message appears inthe multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Pressure Now OK message appears in the multifunction display gt Press the A or W button to select Yes gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After a teach in period the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires If you wish to cancel the restart button gt Press the or gt Ifthe Tire Pressure Now OK message appears press the A or W button to select Cancel gt Press the OK button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Tire pressure monitor General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehi cle
292. f the garage door drive If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programming process for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control 6 and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Problems when programming If you are experiencing problems programing the integrated garage door opener on the rear view mirror take note of the following instructions e Check the transmitter frequency used by garage door drive remote control and whether it is supported The transmitter frequency can usually be found on the back of the garage door drive remote control The integrated garage door opener is com patible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of 280 to 433 MHz Replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the like lihood that garage door remote control will transmit a strong and precise signal to the integrated garage door opener When programming hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the button which you are programming Try var ious angles at a distance between 2and 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle but at varying distances e If anothe
293. f the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to position N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 309 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be tow started You could other wise damage the automatic transmission You can find information on Jump start ing under gt page 309 Z WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper age the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Only use fuses marked with an S Otherwise components or systems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the compo nen
294. f the vehicle occupants if there is a SmartKey in the vehicle You can change the settings of the locking system This means that only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap are unlocked when the vehicle is unlocked This is useful if you fre quently travel on your own gt To change the setting simultaneously press the a and buttons for approximately 6 seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 77 flashes twice If the setting of the locking system is changed within the signal range of the vehi cle pressing the or g button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the u button once gt To unlock centrally press the a but ton twice gt To lock centrally press the button The KEYLESS GO function is changed as fol lows gt To unlock the driver s door touch the inner surface of the door handle on the driver s door gt To unlock centrally touch the inner sur face of the door handle on the front passenger door or the rear door gt To lock centrally touch the outer sensor surface on one of the door handles gt To restore the factory settings simulta neously press the g and buttons for approximately 6 seconds until the bat tery check lamp flashes twice gt page 77 General no
295. fety notes s 61 RO af doors 5 cece ches 62 Children Special seat belt retractor 57 Cigarette lighter eee 270 Cleaning Mirror turn Signal eeeeeeeseeees 295 Climate control Air conditioning system s 125 Automatic climate control dual ZONE akstri see T e EES 127 Controlling automatically 131 Cooling with air dehumidification 129 Defrosting the windows 0 Defrosting the windshield General NOLES cc s s ccensscecevecscsoneaeoes Indicator laMpsecsssccccctsseassstsestscesescs Information about using auto matic climate control ssiri 128 Maximum cooling seese 133 Notes on using the air condition INg SYSTEM sieveissrcescssscseesecsersvanes 126 Overview of systems s es 124 Problem with the rear window defroster ninnenenenieii oa 135 Problems with cooling with air de humidification i sssssssissssssessss 131 RETISCIAME ccc cess sesesececscecacensesosesvers 358 Refrigerant filling capacity 359 Setting the air distribution 132 Setting the air vents seee 136 Setting the ainlow 2 ccsssscesssseeess 132 Setting the temperature 131 Switching air recirculation mode ON OFF cece accesses ca IAE EEEE 135 Switching On Off cee eeeeeseeeees Switching residual heat on off Switching the rear window defroster on off cseeeesseeeeeeee Switching the ZONE function on Off e EEEE E Cockpit OV
296. for a car park ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into bracket and mirror cover has been folded up N oO Sn oO oO me c oO oO bo z O N 4 Stowage and features Glare from the side gt Fold down the sun visor gt Pull the sun visor out of retainer gt Swing the sun visor to the side Front ashtray H The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant Before placing lit ciga rettes in the ashtray make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise the stowage space could be damaged gt Vehicles with a stowage compartment cover press the lower section of cover Q The stowage compartment opens gt To remove the insert lift insert up and out gt To re install the insert press insert into the holder until it engages If you remove the ashtray insert you can use the resulting compartment for stow age Rear compartment ashtray gt To open pull cover 3 out by its top edge gt To remove pull insert by recess Q in the direction of arrow until it audibly releases gt Lift insert 2 up and out gt To install the insert install insert from above into the holder and press down until it engages A WARNING You can burn yourself if you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the cigarette lighter
297. for the USA MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the button lights up gt To deactivate press the button The indicator lamp goes out The previously selected settings are restored When you activate MAX COOL climate con trol switches to the following functions fe fe e maximum cooling e maximum airflow e air recirculation mode on Climate control 4 Operating the climate control systems Climate control Windows fogged up on the inside Air conditioning system gt Activate the a Cooling with air dehu midification function gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the g Windshield defrosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again x Dual zone automatic climate control gt Activate the e Cooling with air dehu midification function gt Activate automatic mode auto gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the g Windshield defrosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again Windows fogged up on the outside gt Activate the windshield wipers gt Set the air distribution to 3 or v4 You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again General notes
298. from the vehicle in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehi cle washed brake firmly while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corro sion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads If you drive on salted roads a layer of salt residue may form on the brake discs and brake pads This can result in a significantly longer braking distance e In order to prevent any salt build up apply the brakes occasionally while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions e Carefully depress the brake pedal and the beginning and end of a journey e Maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead Servicing the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warn ing tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multi function display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immedi ately This work should be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H A function or performance test should only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamom eter If you are planning to have the vehicle tested on such a dynamometer contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain further information first Otherwise you could damage the driv
299. from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Other wise the engine could be damaged gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt f the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C Fy On board computer and displays Pa Display messages cE On board computer and displays Display messages See Operator s Man ual Stop Vehicle See Operator s Manual Check Engine 0i1 When Next Refueling Fuel Level Low Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery is not being charged A warning tone also sounds Possible causes are e a defective alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Pull over and stop the vehicle saf
300. front passenger seat Have the Occupant Classifi cation System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Z WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect OCS oper ation This could result in the front passenger air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instructions After the system self test the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp display the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 49 For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 53 Occupant safety ca Problems with the Occupant Classification System OCS Be sure to observe the notes on System self test gt page 51 Problem The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit even though the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult ora person of a stature cor responding to that of an
301. g Assist is keeping the vehicle stationary In addition at least one of the following con ditions must be fulfilled e there is a system malfunction e the power supply is insufficient e the vehicle is stationary for a lengthy period The red Park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The electric parking brake is not automati cally engaged if the engine is switched off by the ECO start stop function Releasing automatically Your vehicle s electric parking brake is auto matically released if all of the following con ditions are met e the engine is running e the transmission is in position D or R e the seat belt has been fastened e you depress the accelerator pedal If the transmission is in position R the trunk lid must be closed If your seat belt is not fastened the following conditions must be fulfilled to automatically release the electric parking brake e the driver s door is closed e you have shifted out of transmission posi tion P or you have previously driven faster than 2 mph 3 km h Ensure that you do not depress the acceler ator pedal unintentionally Otherwise the parking brake will be released and the vehicle will start to move a PEES ics Emergency braking The vehicle can also be braked during an emergency by using the electric parking brake gt While driving push handle Q of the electric park
302. g at moderate engine speeds To achieve a higher value in the categories Acceleration and Constant e observe the gearshift recommendations e drive in drive program E On long journeys at a constant speed e g on the highway only the bar for Constant will change The ECO display summarizes the driving char acteristics from the start of the journey to its completion For this reason the bars change dynamically at the beginning of the journey On longer journeys there are fewer changes For more dynamic changes carry out a man ual reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 204 Braking Important safety notes A WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking b gt oo a i a ge c oo gt m wi ving s e Driving and parking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Downhill gradients H On long and steep gradients you must reduce the load on the brakes by shifting to a lower gear in good time This allows you to take advantage of the engine s braking effect For this you need to have selected manual drive program M This helps you to avoid overheating the brakes and wearing them out excessively When you take advantage of the engine s braking effect a
303. g on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when check ing the pressure of warm tires Only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the result ing value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressures for cold tires e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 159 Underinflated tires A WARNING Tires with pressure that is too low can over heat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irreg ular wear which can severely impair the brak ing properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all the tires including the spare wheel Underinflated tires may e overheat leading to tire defects e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on fuel consumption Overinflated tires A WARNING Tires with excessively high pressure
304. g park position P H If the engine speed is too high or the vehi cle is moving do not shift the automatic transmission directly from D to R from R to D or directly to P The automatic transmis sion could otherwise be damaged Park position with parking lock Reverse gear Neutral Drive gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever in the direc tion of arrow P Transmission position display P is shown in the multifunction display o Z v When you have engaged park position P make sure that the transmission position dis play shows P in the multifunction display You can only engage park position P when the vehicle is stationary Depressing the brake and pushing the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down disengages the parking lock The transmission is in N neutral At transmission fluid temperatures below 4 F 20 C you can only shift out of park position P into another transmission position when the engine is running In order to shift from park position P directly into R or D e depress the brake pedal and e push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down past the first point of resistance Engaging park position P automatically Park position P is automatically engaged if e you switch off the engine using the Smart Key and remove the SmartKey e you switch off the engine using the Smart Key or using the Start Stop button and Automatic transmission ee E Driving and parking gh Automat
305. ge is low or there is a malfunction in the system Contact a qualified specialist workshop The electric parking brake performs a func tion test at regular intervals while the engine is switched off The sounds that can be heard while this is occurring are normal Applying releasing manually gt To engage push handle a When the electric parking brake is applied the red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster The electric parking brake can also be applied when the SmartKey is removed gt To release pull handle 1 The red Park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out The electric parking brake can only be released e when the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 or e if the ignition was switched on using the Start Stop button Applying automatically The electric parking brake is automatically applied when the transmission is in position P and e the engine is switched off or e the driver is not wearing a seat belt and the driver s door is opened To prevent the electric parking brake from being automatically applied pull handle The electric parking brake is also engaged automatically if e DISTRONIC PLUS brings the vehicle to a standstill or e the HOLD function is keeping the vehicle stationary e Active Parkin
306. ge or undervoltage gt Remove the cause for the overvoltage or undervoltage e g by charging the battery or restarting the engine gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up and the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Shift the selector lever to position P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop oa On board computer and displays oe Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Check Brake Pad Wear SOS Inoperative Collision Preven tion Assist Plus Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir A warning tone sounds The erare USA only Canada only warning lamps in the instrument cluster may also light up A WARNING
307. gnition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Engaging drive position D gt f the transmission is in position R or N push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance Selector lever AMG vehicles Overview of transmission positions A DL Park position with parking lock Reverse gear Neutral Drive o Z v Transmission position and drive pro gram display H If the transmission position display in the multifunction display is not working you should pull away carefully to check whether the desired transmission position is engaged Ideally you should select trans mission position D and automatic drive pro gram C or S Automatic transmission i N Transmission position display Drive program display The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction display Engaging park position P E Driving and parking A gt When the vehicle is stationary press but ton E Driving and parking Automatic transmission Transmission positions m Park position This prevents the vehicle from roll ing away when stopped Do not shift the transmission into position P gt page 149 unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock shou
308. gt Push the child seat restraint system down so that the seat belt is tight and does not loosen Removing a child restraint system deactivat ing the special seat belt retractor gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Press the release button of the belt buckle hold the belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactiva ted Child restraint system The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces If you install a rearward facing child restraint system on the center rear seat the rear arm rest must be folded back as far as possible You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly on a suitable seat it cannot protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc b gt Children in the vehicle A Y q se N Ea Children in the vehicle Safety tions and the notes on use Please ensure that the
309. gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The hazard warning lamps are faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays zA Display messages S On board computer and displays A elong to Vehicle A mH QoQ ke Your Key from nition A e on tain a New Key A eS O eplace Key Battery nat T orget Your Key A Key Not Detected red display message Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The SmartKey battery is discharged gt Change the battery gt page 78 The display message is shown for a maximum of 60 seconds and is only a reminder You have opened the driver s door with the engine switched off The SmartKey is not in the ignition lock gt Take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle The SmartKey is not in the vehicle A warning tone also sounds If the engine is switched off you can no longer lock the vehicle centrally or start the engine gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Locate the SmartKey Because there is interference fro
310. h a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow Override feature for the rear side win dows gt To enable disable press button Q If indicator lamp is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in the driv er s door If indicator lamp is off oper ation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment Pets in the vehicle Z WARNING If you leave animals unattended or unsecured in the vehicle they could press buttons or switches for example As a result they could e activate vehicle equipment and become trapped for example e activate or deactivate systems thereby endangering other road users Unsecured animals could also be flung around the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud den steering or braking thereby injuring vehi cle occupants There is a risk of an accident and injury Never leave animals unattended in the vehi cle Always secure animals properly during the journey e g use a suitable animal trans port box of driving sal In this section you will find information about the following driving
311. he desired speed is reached During kickdown you cannot shift gears using the steering wheel paddle shifters If you apply full throttle the automatic trans mission shifts up to the next gear when the maximum engine speed is reached This pre vents the engine from overrevving AMG vehicles it is only possible to use kick down in temporary manual drive program M When manual drive program M is perma nently activated kickdown is not possible Switching off the manual drive program gt Press the program selector button gt page 153 repeatedly until E drive pro gram Cin AMG vehicles or S appears in the multifunction display Deactivating the temporary manual drive program gt Pull and hold the right steering wheel pad dle shifter until the automatic transmission shifts into the last active automatic drive program E drive program C on AMG vehi cles or S When manual drive program M is deactivated the automatic transmission in automatic drive program E drive program C on AMG vehicles or S may shift from the current gear into a higher or lower gear This is dependent on the position of the accelerator pedal speed and load Driving and parking E Refueling e Driving and parking Problems with the transmission Problem The transmission has problems shifting gear Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The transmission is losing oil gt Have the transmission checked at a qualifie
312. he door closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programming the remote con trol Canadian radio frequency laws require a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener The signal is not recognized during programming Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also fea ture a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programming steps gt Press and hold one of buttons 2 to on the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp Q flashes yellow gt Press button of garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds gt Press button again for two seconds N oO Sn 5 oO oO a me c oO oO b0 z e N ee Features Stowage and features gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button of remote control o
313. he driver s side is activated When parking on the driver s side this must remain activated until you confirm the use of Active Parking Assist by pressing the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The system automatically determines whether the park ing space is parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel A parking space is displayed while you are driving past it and until you are approx imately 50 ft 15 m away from it Parking Z WARNING If you leave the vehicle when it is only being braked by Active Parking Assist it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident Before leaving the vehicle always secure it against rolling away When PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking Assist brakes automatically during the parking process You are respon sible for braking in good time gt Stop the vehicle when the parking space symbol shows the desired parking space in the instrument cluster gt Shift the transmission to position R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel o
314. he last speed stored after you have fin ished overtaking Deactivating cruise control There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards 3 or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e the vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake e you are driving at less than 20 mph 30 km h ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e you shift the transmission to position N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise Con trol Off message in the multifunction dis play for approximately five seconds When you switch off the engine the last speed stored is cleared General notes DISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the dis tance to the vehicle detected in front Vehi cles are detected with the aid of the radar sensor system DISTRONIC PLUS brakes automatically to avoid exceeding the set Driving systems speed or to maintain the designated distance from the vehicle in front Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients This is espe cially important if the vehicle is laden By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a risk of a
315. he notes on ESP gt page 313 ESP is only deactivated if the lamp is lit continuously If the amp warning lamp and the amp warn ing lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 252 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 218 Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly warning Safety m Characteristics of ESP General information If the ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is auto matically active If ESP intervenes the ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circum stances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail ing road and weather conditions ECO start stop function The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving The engine starts automati cally when the driver wants to pull away again ESP remains in its previously selected sta tus Example if ESP was deactivated before the engine was switched off ESP remains deactivated when the engine is switched on again s Driving safety systems Safety E
316. he side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed e the ventilation heating is switched off the OFF button has been pressed the airflow control is set to position 0 e the windshield wiper switch is in position 0 Otherwise the vehicle might be damaged You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the wind shield Washing by hand In some countries washing by hand is only allowed at specially equipped washing bays Observe the legal requirements in each coun try gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft sponge to clean gt Use a mild cleaning agent such as a car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz gt Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gentle jet of water gt Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet gt Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paintwork Carefully remove all deposits of road salt as soon as possible when driving in winter Power washers A WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt
317. he vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immedi ately The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the mul tifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired pull over as soon as it is safe to do so Contact a qualified specialist workshop For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 31 Displays and operation The light sensor in the instrument cluster automatically controls the brightness of the multifunction display In daylight the displays in the instrument cluster are not illuminated The lighting in the instrument cluster in the displays and the controls in the vehicle inte rior can be adjusted using the brightness con trol knob The brightness control knob is located on the bottom left of the instrument cluster gt page 31 gt Turn the brightness control knob clockwise or counter clockwise If the light switch is set to auto z00 or 2 the brightness is dependent upon the brightness of the ambient light Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine co
318. hen you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D Ror N e release the electric parking brake Range of the sensors General notes PARKTRONIC does not take objects into con sideration that are e below the detection range e g people ani mals or objects e above the detection range e g overhang ing loads truck overhangs or loading ramps E Driving and parking ee Driving systems and parking 60 In iv r Q Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function cor rectly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 295 Range rrr be i 8 dees a ME fin PH dim oe plm If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warn ing tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning display for the front area Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warning display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents The warning display for the rear area is loca ted on the headliner in the rear compartment The warning display for each side
319. hen OCS is malfunctioning the red amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously The front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted in this case and does not deploy during an accident Have the system checked by quali fied technicians as soon as possible Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger seat should only be repaired at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion is damaged have the nec essary repair work carried out at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the front passenger front air bag will also deploy The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated System self test DANGER If both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps do not light up during the system self test the system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with high deceler ation This poses an increased risk of injury or even f
320. hift from P without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal Transmission Not The driver s door is open not fully closed and the selector lever is in P Risk of Vehi in position R N or D cle Rolling Away A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident gt Shift the selector lever to position P gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Close the driver s door completely Display messages Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer OMS Sie cles when Vehicle is Stationary Reversing Not Pos sible Service Required Transmission Mal function Transmission Mal function Stop Stop Vehicle Shift to P Leave Engine Running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction A warning tone also sounds If transmission position D is selected gt Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the transmission from position D If transmission position R N or P is selected gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service The vehicle is moving gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the selector lever to position P The automatic transmission is malfunctioning You cannot back
321. his is not the case repeat the steps above again Eal Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Problems with the side windows Z WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A side window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window Opening and closing hel A side window cannot be closed and you can not see the cause If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Panorama roof with power tilt sliding
322. hout KEYLESS GO or KEYLESS GO start func tion try again to lock unlock the vehicle using the remote con trol function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SUEY at the driver s door handle from close range and press the button Opening and closing E If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key The SmartKey is faulty gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 77 and replace it if nec essary gt page 78 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key ee SmartKey Opening and closing Ld Problem The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey The engine cannot be started using the Start Stop button The SmartKey is in the vehi cle Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey gt Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop If th
323. ialist workshop If you make any changes to the vehicle elec tronics the general operating permit is ren dered invalid H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the under carriage chassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the underbody paneling is damaged combustible materials such as leaves grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system they can catch fire In such situations have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on con tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases consult a qualified specialist workshop Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Oper ation is subject to the following two co
324. ic transmission Driving and parking open the driver s door or front passenger door e the driver s door is opened when the vehi cle is stationary or driving at very low speed and the transmission is in position D or R Engaging reverse gear R E Only shift the automatic transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary gt If the transmission is in position D or N push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance The ECO start stop function is not available when reverse gear is engaged Further infor mation on the ECO start stop function gt page 145 Shifting to neutral N Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt If the transmission is in position D or R push the
325. ident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic trans mission will not be available Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ea Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS is temporarily unavailable Therefore BAS COLLISION PRE The yellow ABS warning VENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP EBD electronic brake force distri lamp is lit while the bution the HOLD function and hill start assist are also deactiva engine is running ted for example Possible causes are e self diagnosis is not yet complete e the on board voltage may be insufficient ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase i On board computer and displays If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is a risk of an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functio
326. ident Modified Emergency Ten sioning Devices could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy when necessary This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify the seat belts Emergency Ten sioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels Make sure that the seat belts are undamaged not worn out and clean Follow ing an accident have the seat belts checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Any such modifications could invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Vehicles with a sports seat or AMG Per formance seat these seats are designed for the standard three point seat belt If you install another multi point seat belt e g sport or racing seat belts the restraint system can not provide the best level of protection Z WARNING If you feed seat belts through the opening in the seat backrest the seat backrest may be damaged or may even break in the event of an b gt Ea Occupant safety Safety E accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Only use the standard three point seat belt Never modify the seat belt system Proper use of the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat belt correctly before beginning the jour ney Also make sure that all vehicle occu pants are always wearing the
327. ight not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver Driving systems The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the length of the journey is less than approximately 30 minutes e if the road condition is poor e g if the sur face is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving slower than 37 mph 60 km h or faster than 125 mph 200 km h e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con tinue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the engine e you take off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break Displaying the attention level _ You can have current status information dis played in the assistance menu gt page 209 of the on board computer gt Select the Assistance display for Attention Assist using the on board computer gt page 209 The following information is displayed e length of the journey since the last break e the attention level determined by ATTE
328. ight that can be car ried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehi cle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed on a suitable vehicle weighbridge All about wheels and tires Example 3 1500 Ibs 680 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg 1350 Ibs 612 kg Example 2 1500 Ibs 680 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 960 Ibs 435 kg All about wheels and tires Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand ards Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their pur pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia ble information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors Q tread wear grade 2 traction grade and temperature grade These regulations do not apply to Canada Nevertheless all tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality grading markings on the sidewall of the tire Quality grades can be found where applica ble on the tire sidewall between tread shoul der and maximum section width E Wheels and tires __ Wheels and tires Example e Treadwear grade 200 e Traction grade AA e Temperature grade A All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades The actual v
329. improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e ESP still provides support when you brake Deactivating activating ESP AMG vehicles Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP is deactivated A WARNING When SPORT handling mode is activated there is a greater risk of skidding and acci dents Only activate SPORT handling mode in the sit uations described in the following Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following In the following situations it may be better to activate SPORT handling mode or deactivate ESP e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel e on designated roads when the vehicle s own oversteering and understeering char acteristics are desired Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ESP requires an extremely qualified and experienced driver Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise no
330. in air bag eee 48 Air vents Important safety notes s 136 a EEE ATE E TE EE 137 Setting the center air vents 136 Setting the side air vents 136 Air conditioning system see Climate control Alarm ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 71 Switching off ATA sssisisssrsssstssssssssss 71 Switching the function on off ATA enneren eenen eerta EET 71 AMG Performanc Seat iniiis 100 AMG menu on board computer 214 Animals in the vehicle 0 0 62 Ashtray secs sceccieeccesssccessceccecaciereeorseees 270 Assistance display on board com PUTO EEEE EET 209 Assistance menu on board com PURGR AEE E cot E EE 209 ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message 291 Driving abroad sesira iee 291 Hiding a service message 291 Information about Service 291 Resetting the service interval dis DIA sees scectasccatesscsctssebcenesceabeauacssntine 291 Service MESSAE seere 290 Special service requirements 291 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating 0 ee 71 FUNCTION sc s c cccececcecessstesnceaci evens 71 Switching off the alarm 0 0 eee 71 ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating 210 Display message secere 235 FUNCtION NOTES ssssssseseserrscrsisisssss 192 Audio menu on board computer 207 Audio system see separate operating instructions Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified sp
331. ing brake gt page 162 The vehicle is braked as long as you keep handle Q of the electric parking brake pressed The longer the electric parking brake handle is depressed the greater the braking force During braking e a warning tone sounds e the Release park brake message appears e the red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter flashes When the vehicle has been braked to a stand still the electric parking brake is engaged If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist work shop Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available b gt bo X Q D bo 2 a si ving s _ Driving and parking with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If you operate mobile communic
332. ion in that particular accident situation are deployed However seat belts and air bags generally do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the out side Information on restraint system operation can be found under Triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Devices and air bags gt page 54 For more information about children traveling with you in the vehicle and on child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle gt page 56 Important safety notes WARNING Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended The restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an accident or trigger unexpectedly for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify parts of the restraint system Never tamper with the wiring the electronic components or their software If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only for further information con tact our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 Restraint system warning lamp The functions of the restraint system are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the engine is run ning Therefore malfunctions can be detec ted in good time The amp restraint system warning lamp in the instrum
333. irement Parking lamps E If the battery has been excessively dis charged the parking lamps or standing lamps are automatically switched off to enable the next engine start Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently lit according to legal standards Avoid the continuous use of the gt 00 parking lamps for several hours If possible switch on the lt right or the p left standing lamp gt To switch on turn the light switch to z002 The green gt 02 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Standing lamps Switching on the standing lamps ensures the corresponding side of the vehicle is illumina ted gt To switch on the standing lamps the SmartKey is not in the ignition lock or it is in position 0 gt Turn the light switch to of the vehicle or P lt the vehicle pz left hand side right hand side of Combination switch Relat wt 2 Bi Turn signal High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow or High beam headlamps gt To switch
334. ires must be checked e Ifthe Tire Pressure Warning Tire Failure message appears in the multi function display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly and the tires must be checked Observe the instructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section gt page 239 If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rota ted the tire pressures may be displayed for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the cor rect positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the refer ence values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values gt Set the tire pressure to the value recom mended for the corresponding driving sit uation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 322 Additional tire pressure values for different loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 159 gt Make sure that the tire pr
335. isplay Message pircis 234 Warning lamp sseeseesereeererere 256 see Fuel Residual heat climate control 135 Restraint system Display Message siririca 225 Introduction 3 s c sccsiceceveconcesevesces 40 Warning lamp eseeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees 255 Warning lamp function eee 41 Reverse gear selector lever 151 Reversing feature Panorama sliding sunroof 91 Roller SUMDIING siorse 92 Side WINGOWS c2cccesscesevensoonsesnvncecoe 86 Roadside Assistance breakdown 22 Roller sunblind Opening CIOSING ssiri 93 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding PANel cic vessc esis eiceies 92 ROOF Carrien s 1siscc se5 csncesdassccuiesetetiitesss 267 Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines eeeceseeereeeees 298 Roof load maximum aeee 359 S Safety Children in the vehicle cee 56 Seat Adjusting Performance Seat 100 Seat belts Adjusting the height cseeeee 44 Cleaning ceeceeccccssneesn cea casecseceies 298 COmeGt USASE ssi sisri estetiste 44 Fastening siorrenerasirrirsrasi 44 Important safety guidelines 42 INGHOAUCHION ax carsrsescctett cote eas 42 Releasing nnee E 45 Warning lAIMP c0c sscececesecssncesseseseevs 247 Warning lamp function 0 0 ee 45 Seats Adjusting electrically eee 98 Adjusting manually eeeeeee 98 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup PONE E EEE 100 Adjusting the head restrain
336. isplay after the system self diag nosis If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expec ted In the event of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 Emergency call Important safety notes A WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehi cle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehi cle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regula tions e g with a warning triangle General notes Observe the notes on system activation gt page 272 An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically triggered emergency call yourself An emergency
337. isplay shows 2 Messages for example A or Vv button to select the entry e g 2 Messages gt Press OK gt Press the to confirm A or Vv button to scroll through the display messages Py On board computer and displays Display messages _ On board computer and displays Safety systems Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System BAS Brake Assist ESP Elec tronic Stability Program the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the J and amp warning lamps may light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Possible causes are e self diagnosis is not yet complete e the on board voltage may be insufficient Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt
338. ission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 ETS traction control is part of ESP On vehi cles with 4MATIC 4ETS is part of ESP Traction control brakes the drive wheels indi vidually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is trans ferred to the wheel or wheels with traction Traction control remains active even if you deactivate ESP Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 Z WARNING If ESP is malfunctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driv ing safety systems are deactivated This increases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop Driving safety systems Vehicles without 4MATIC when towing your vehicle with the front axle raised it is important that you observe t
339. ist workshop Not all wheel and tire combinations are available at the factory for all countries Wheel and tire combinations Tires CLA 250 Summer tires R17 Tires BA 225 45 R17 91 V2 BA 225 45 R17 91 W2 R 18 Tires BA 225 40 R18 92 W XL 3 4 All weather tires R17 Tires BA 225 45 R17 91 H M S2 3 R18 Tires BA 225 40 R18 92 H XL M S2 CLA 250 Sport Summer tires R 18 Tires BA 235 40 ZR18 95 Y XL Wheels BA 7 5 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 2 07 in 52 5 mm BA 7 5 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 2 07 in 52 5 mm Wheels BA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Wheels BA 7 5 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 2 07 in 52 5 mm Fay Wheels and tires Wheels BA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 3 Also available as MOExtended tires 4 Observe the notes on Large wheels in the Wheel tire combinations section Wheels and tires Eel Wheel and tire combinations R19 Tires Wheels BA 235 35 ZR19 91 Y XL BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Wheels BA 205 50 R17 93 HXLM S 4 3 BA 6 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm R 18 Tires Wheels BA 225 40 R18 92 HXL M S 4 2 BA 7 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm BA 235 40 R18 95VXLM S 4 BA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 i
340. istance Warning eee 258 a E EAEN 252 ESPO OFF eee tases 253 LIM DISTRONIC PLUS osese 173 OVEIVIEW cececsececascstessesetsteacececesssveecas 32 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 045 41 Reserve fuel sssrinin 256 Restraint SYSteM sinsir 255 Sat DIE 24 Aaveccvovdes ERE 247 SPORT handling mode eee 253 Tire pressure Monitor cee 259 Waban yee ces scetseecseseies itech nao 21 Washer fluid Display message eere 245 Wheel and tire combination see Tires Wheel bolt tightening torque 345 Wheel Chock seee 342 Wheels Changing a wheel 0 00 eseeeeeeeees 341 CHECKING siisii 319 CIGAMIMG sisisi rne ieeees i 294 General Notes ccscecssesesessveresee 345 Important safety notes 318 Information on driving seese 318 Interchanging changing 341 Mounting a new wheel eee 344 Removing a wheel seess 344 SCOPING ss cccssccascessateseasepdachseesitesseaes 341 Tightening torque seee 345 Wheel size tire size cece eeeeeee 345 Window curtain air bag Display message n c 226 Operation sce ctasetevenereeeaedt eases 48 Windows see Side windows Windshield DOROSUINS ssizesssidiseassctesszecsosscssteste33 133 Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid 0 0 0 0 eee 290 NOES i eecccsccssesecccssecacestesensecensecess 358 Windshield wipers Display message cce 245 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 eee 122 Replacing the wiper blades 121 Sw
341. itching On Off onise 120 Winter driving Slippery road surfaces ee 168 STOW Chains isinisisi sisri 321 Winter operation General NOTES asessorina 320 Winter tires MES trES oisit cesera tsis 320 Wiper blades Cleaning sa sccascsscacidetescesscecezeesshiedbies 295 Important safety notes 121 Replacing windshield 0 121 Wooden trim cleaning instruc MOMS sos5 3550 ae R 297 ZONE function Switching On Off sesser Protection of the environment General notes Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of compre hensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requirements of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmen tally responsible manner Fuel consumption and the rate of engine transmission brake and tire wear are affected by these factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e avoid short trips as these increase fuel con sumption e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contri
342. ith premium grade unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Do not drive at the maximum speed e Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3 000 rpm You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only 10 fuel contains up to 10 bioethanol Your vehicle is E10 compatible You can refuel your vehicle using E10 fuel CLA 250 CLA 250 Sport CLA 250 AMATIC CLA 250 Sport 4MATIC as a tem porary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unlea ded gasoline with an octane rating of 93 RON 83 MON Service products and filling capacities All other models as a temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI 91 RON This may reduce engine performance and increase fuel consumption Avoid driving at full throttle and sudden acceleration Never refuel using fuel with a lower AKI Information on refueling gt page 159 AMG vehicles Additives H Operating the engine with fuel additives added later can lead to engine failure Do not mix fuel additives with fuel This does not include additives for the removal and prevention of residue buildup gasoline must only be mixed with additives recom mended
343. king slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Es Problem park USA only Canada only The red indicator lamp for the electric parking brake flashes or lights up and or the yellow warning lamp for the electric parking brake lights up Ri The red restraint sys tem warning lamp is lit while the engine is run ning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display The restraint system is faulty A WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the restraint system see gt page 40 Fy On board computer and displays Pa Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays
344. l operating temperature e if the engine is not at normal operating temperature e g if the engine was only started briefly wait about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement __ Maintenance and care Checking the oil level using the oil dip stick Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Example gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and take it out again If the level is between MIN mark and MAX mark the oil level is correct gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter engine oil gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and take it out again If the level is between MIN mark Q and MAX mark the oil level is correct gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter of engine oil Engine compartment Adding engine oil A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of th
345. l or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judg ment The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci dent is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak ing drugs Emission control Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These systems only work at peak efficiency if they are serviced exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason only have work on the engine carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed under any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet avis tps es ECO display The ECO display provides feedback on how economical your driving characteristics are The ECO display assists you in achieving the most economical driving style for the selec ted settings and prevailing conditions Your driving style can sig
346. l standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possi ble Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and func tions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all sys tems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Introduction ae The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Warranty The implied warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Infor mation booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair all factory installed parts in accordance with the following warranty terms and conditions e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tem Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties These are available at
347. lamps light up continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 252 Observe the information on display messages gt page 218 Activating deactivating COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Collision Prevent Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is deactivated the 2 s symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphic display For further information about COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS see gt page 64 OK Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Attention Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to set Off Standard or Sensitive gt Press the OK button to save the setting When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the gor symbol appears in the multifunc tion display in the assistance graphics dis play For further information about ATTENTIO
348. lay mes sage disappears DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Restart the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is defective Adaptive Brake Assist may also have failed A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have depressed the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is no longer controlling the speed of the vehicle gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal An activation condition for DISTRONIC PLUS is not fulfilled gt Check the activation conditions for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 Cruise control is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled You have tried to store a speed below 20 mph 30 km h for example gt If conditions permit drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and store the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 170 Display messages ES Tires Display messages Check Tire Pres sure Soon Check Tire Pres sure Then Restart Run Flat Indicator Run Flat Indicator inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significan
349. ld not be used as a brake when parking Always apply the electronic parking brake in addi tion to the parking lock in order to secure the vehicle If the vehicle electronics are mal functioning the transmission may be locked in position P Have the vehicle electronics checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop Park position P is automatically engaged if e you switch off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey e you switch off the engine using the SmartKey or using the Start Stop button and open the driv er s door or front passenger door e the driver s door is opened when the vehicle is stationary or driv ing at very low speed and the transmission is in position D or R Reverse gear Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N while driving Otherwise the auto matic transmission could be dam aged No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If ESP is deactivated or faulty shift the transmission to position N if the vehicle is in danger of skid ding e g on icy roads If you switch the engine off with the transmission in position Ror D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically H Rolling in neutral N can damage the drive train Drive The automatic transmission changes gear
350. ldren secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install the child restraint system on a rear seat If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 49 You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as a result of e an incorrectly categorized person in the front passenger seat e the unintentional deactivation of the front passenger front air bag e the unsuitable positioning of the child restraint system e g too close to the dash board Rearward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a rear ward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always make sure that the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit gt page 41 is the front passenger front air bag deactiva ted Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Forward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the se
351. ldren unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Children in the vehicle Eg Safety E E Pets in the vehicle Safety Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Child proof locks for the rear doors You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured wit
352. lid Calibrating gt Make sure that there is sufficient space for you to drive in a circle without impeding traffic gt Switch on the ignition gt Push a round pen into opening for approximately six seconds until symbol C is shown in compass display 2 gt Drive your vehicle in a full circle at approx imately 3 mph 5 km h to 6 mph 10 km h When the calibration has been successfully completed the current direction is shown in compass display 4 Stowage and features Ea Features Stowage and features Magnetic field zone maps North America Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another gt Slide the seat backwards gt To install place the floormat in the foot well gt Press safety catch knobs onto retain ers gt To remove pull the floormat off retain ers gt Remove the floormat Useful information cece 286 Engine compartment 286 ASSYST PLUS eee 290 Care sonce e a a 291
353. lnandle uP Never exceed the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style H Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles This helps to prevent damage to the vehi cle Position the load on the roof rack in such a way that the vehicle will not sustain dam age even when it is in motion Depending on the vehicle equipment gt Hook handle Q into rain trough ensure that when the roof carrier is instal To enlarge the trunk you can remove the trunk led you can floor e open the panorama roof with power tilt gt To remove lift the trunk floor almost to sliding panel fully rain trough and pull it out e open the trunk lid fully Pel Features Stowage and features You will find information on the maximum roof load in the Technical data section gt page 359 An incorrectly secured roof carrier or roof load may become detached from the vehicle You must therefore ensure that you observe the roof carrier manufacturer s installation instructions Attaching the roof carrier PUT ACT 1 08 gt Open covers Q carefully in the direction of the arrow gt Fold covers Q upwards gt Only secure the roof carrier to the anchor age points under covers Q gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions Cup holder Important safety notes Z WARNING The cup holder cannot hold a container secure whilst tr
354. locked door is opened from the inside the previous unlock status of the vehicle will be taken into consideration if e the vehicle was locked using the locking button for the central locking or e if the vehicle was locked automatically The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had pre viously been fully unlocked If only the driver s door had been previously unlocked only the door which has been opened from the inside is unlocked biome cleckingieetunes gt To deactivate press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds gt To activate press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds Ifyou press one of the two buttons and do not hear a tone the relevant setting has already been selected The vehicle is locked automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning You could therefore lock yourself out if e the vehicle is being pushed e the vehicle is being towed e the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer You can also switch the automatic locking function on and off using the on board com puter gt page 212 If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 7 1 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 76 gt Insert the mechanical key in
355. m a strong source of radio waves the key is not detected whilst the engine is running A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and bring into key mode Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey is currently undetected a la Key Not Detected Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle white display mes If the SmartKey still cannot be detected sage gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The SmartKey is continually undetected KEYLESS GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective A warn Remove Start But maa aes es ing tone also sounds ton and Insert Key CAEI gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Some systems carry out a self diagnosis when the ignition is switched on Therefore some indicator and warning lamps may light up or flash temporarily This behavior is non critical These indicator and warning lamps only indicate a malfunction if they light up or flash after starting the engine or whilst driving FP On board com
356. m control unit detects a side impact or if the vehicle rolls over the applicable components of the restraint sys tem are activated independently of each other depending on the apparent type of acci dent e Side impact air bags on the side of impact independently of the Emergency Tension ing Device and the use of the seat belt on the driver s seat and outer seats in the sec ond row The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys under the following conditions the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat e Window curtain air bag on the side of impact independently of the use of the seat belt and independently of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e Emergency Tensioning Device if the sys tem determines that deployment can offer additional protection in this situation e Window curtain air bags on the driver s and front passenger side in certain situations when the vehicle rolls over if the system determines that deployment can offer addi tional protection to that provided by the seat belt Not all air bags are deployed in an acci dent The different air bag systems work independently of each other ea Children in the vehicle Safety How the air bag system works is deter mined by the severity of the accident detec ted especially the vehicle deceleration or acceleration and the
357. m is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist work shop The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is defective The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored There is a risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem a The red coolant warn ing lamp comes on while the engine is run ning aS The red coolant warn ing lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low If the coolant level is correct the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be malfunc tioning The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to
358. maged E The weather can change abruptly It could start to rain or snow Make sure that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle inte rior Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor pressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises The sliding sunroof is equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during the closing process the sliding sunroof opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing the sliding sunroof A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the sliding sunroof again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic
359. maintain the mini mum distance to the vehicle in front as required by law Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if necessary gt To increase turn control in direc tion DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a greater distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front gt To decrease turn control 3 in direc tion DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a shorter distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front Driving and parking Driving and parking Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS A H ri There are several ways to deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake unless the vehicle is stationary If you deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS you will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accel erator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactiva ted if e you engage the electric parking brake or if the vehicle is automatically secured with the electric parking brake e ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e the transmission is in the P R or N position e you pull the cruise control lever towards you in order to pull away and the front passenger door or one of the rear doors is open e the vehicle is skidding e you activate Active Parking Assist
360. mately 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes Z WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving Always ensure that there is sufficient distance to the side for other road users and obstacles USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Radar sensors The radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the rear bumper Make sure that the bumpers are free from dirt ice or slush The sensors must not be covered for example by cycle racks or overhanging loads Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors checked at a q
361. matic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped The roller sunblind shields the vehicle interior from sunlight The roller sunblind can only be opened and closed when the sliding sunroof is closed Roller sunblind reversing feature The roller sunblind is equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the roller sunblind during the closing process the roller sunblind opens again automatically The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is not a substitute for your attentiveness to the roller sunblind while it is closing Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Z WARNING After opening the sliding sunroof the roller sunblind closes slightly automati ian cally This reduces drafts in the vehicle inte e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin rior gers e when closing the roller sunblind again man Resetting the sliding sunroof and the ually immediately after automatic reversing roller sunblind This means that the reversing feature cannot The reversing feature does not react prevent someone being trapped in these sit Reset the sliding sunroof and the roller sun 20 uations There is a risk of injury blind if the sliding sunroof or the roller sun j blind does not move smoothly When closing make sure that no parts of the Ei body are in the swee
362. may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Do not add brake fluid Adding more will not remedy the mal function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display Fy On board computer and displays Se Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System is deactivated due to a malfunc tion Therefore BAS Brake Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP Electronic Stability Program the HOLD func tion and hill start assist are also deactivated for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an acc
363. mer service representative or under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Each route can include up to four way points The route is saved gt To start route guidance select Yes An overview of the route is shown in the display If you select No the saved route can be called up later in the navigation menu gt Select Start Route guidance starts Downloaded and saved routes can be called up again Speed alert You can define the upper speed limit which must not be exceeded by the vehicle If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehi cle a message will be sent to the Customer Assistance Center The Customer Assistance Center then forwards this information to you You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The data you receive contains the following information e the location where the speed limit was exceeded e the time at which the speed limit was exceeded e the selected speed limit which was excee ded Geo fencing Geo fencing allows you to select areas which the vehicle should not enter or leave You will be informed if the vehicle crosses the boun daries of the selected areas You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The area can be determined as either a circle or a polygon with a maximum of ten c
364. mmobilizer is activated gt With the Start Stop button press the Start Stop button gt page 141 The engine stops and all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out When the driver s door is closed this cor responds to key position 1 When the driv er s door is open this corresponds to key position 0 Key removed If you switch the engine off with the trans mission in position R or D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically A Parking With the SmartKey if you then open the driver s door or the front passenger door or remove the SmartKey from the ignition the automatic transmission shifts to P automati Cally With the Start Stop button if you then open the driver s door or the front passenger door the automatic transmission shifts to P automatically If you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral N e g when having the vehicle cleaned in an automatic car wash with a towing system Using the SmartKey gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock With the Start Stop button gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep
365. mp cloth and a cleaning product that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning wiper blades Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades E Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise H Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly gt Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the windshield wiper arms back again before switching on the ignition Cleaning the exterior lighting H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic light lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic light lenses gt Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lights with a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Cleaning the mirror turn signals
366. mpartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department H A display message is shown if the coolant temperature is too high If the coolant temperature is over 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged The coolant temperature gage is in the instru ment cluster on the right hand side gt page 31 Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant tem perature may rise to 248 F 120 C H Do not drive in the overrewving range as this could damage the engine The red band in the tachometer indicates the engine s overrevving range The engine is limited within a range to protect the engine when the red band is reached You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Bear in mind that the outside temperature display indicates the temperature measured and does not record the road temperature The outside temperature display is in the mul tifunction display gt page 203 Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay The speedometer is divided into segments only on vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available e DISTRONIC PLUS activated gt page 17 1 One or two segments in the set speed range light up e DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front that is driving at a slower speed than the st
367. multaneously To do this press multiple air distribution buttons The air is then directed through various vents Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed through the side air vents The side air vents can only be closed if the adjusters are turned clockwise until they engage Setting the air distribution gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press one or more of the l r buttons The corresponding indicator lamp lights up briefly A Dual zone automatic climate control Air distribution settings W4 Directs air through the defroster vents i Directs air through the center and side air vents r Directs air through the footwell air vents rzi Directs air through the center side and footwell vents Directs air through the defroster cen ter and side air vents v 4 Directs air through the defroster and footwell vents v4 Directs air through the defroster cen ter side and footwell vents Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed through the side air vents The side air vents can only be closed if the adjusters are turned clockwise until they engage Setting the air distribution gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press the m ne or MODE button repeatedly until the
368. must now be at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after driving for a short period the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop In cases such as the one mentioned above contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Can ada gt Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi See the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar or the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap for values gt To increase the tire pressure switch on the tire inflation compressor gt To reduce the tire pressure depress pressure release button Q next to pres sure gauge 2 gt When the tire pressure is correct unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the sealed tire gt Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of the sealed tire gt To remove the tire sealant bottle from the tire inflation compressor press together the locking tabs on the yellow cap gt Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire inflation compressor The filler hose remains attached to the tire sealant bottle Batte
369. n gt page 178 and hill start assist gt page 145 General information STEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting a noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in the direction required for vehicle stabilization This steering assistance is provided in partic ular if e both right wheels or both left wheels are on a wet or slippery road surface when you brake e the vehicle starts to skid Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 No steering assistance is provided from STEER CONTROL if e ESP is malfunctioning e the lighting is faulty If ESP is malfunctioning you will be assisted further by the electrical power steering Protection against theft The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO start function or KEYLESS GO switch the igni tion off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Any one can start the engine if a valid SmartKey has been left inside the vehicle The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine In the event that the engine cannot be star ted yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Merc
370. n 48 mm CLA 250 4MATIC Summer tires R17 Tires Wheels BA 225 45 R17 91 V BA 7 5 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 2 07 in 52 5 mm BA 225 45 R17 91 W BA 7 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 2 07 in 52 5 mm R18 Tires Wheels BA 225 40 R18 92 W XL 3 4 BA 7 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 3 Also available as MOExtended tires 4 Observe the notes on Large wheels in the Wheel tire combinations section All weather tires R17 Tires BA 225 45 R17 91 H M S2 3 R18 Tires BA 225 40 R18 92 H XL M S CLA 250 Sport 4MATIC Summer tires R 18 Tires BA 235 40 ZR18 95 Y XL R19 Tires BA 235 35 ZR19 91 Y XL Winter tires R17 Tires BA 205 50 R17 93 HXLM S 4 Wheel and tire combinations Ea Wheels BA 7 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 2 07 in 52 5 mm Wheels BA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Wheels BA 6 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 3 Also available as MOExtended tires E Wheels and tires Wheels and tires R18 Tires BA 225 40 R18 92 HXL M S 4 2 BA 235 40 R18 95VXLM tS A 2 CLA 45 AMG 4MATIC Summer tires R18 Tires BA 235 40 ZR18 95 Y XL R19 Tires
371. n cleaning the trim pieces If the chrome plated trim pieces are very dirty you can use a chrome polish If you are unsure as to whether the trim pieces are chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the seat covers General notes H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean gen uine leather artificial leather or DINAMICA covers If used often these can damage the cover Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the cov ers is retained over time E Maintenance and care LJ Maintenance and care Genuine leather seat covers H To retain the natural appearance of the leather observe the following cleaning instructions e Clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the cov ers down with a dry cloth e Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked e Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a quali fied specialist workshop Leather is a natural product It exhibits natural surface characteristics for example e differences in the texture e marks caused by growth and injury e slight nuances of color These
372. n list in the desired waveband or an audio track or video scene using rapid scrolling e In the Tel Telephone menu starts rapid scrolling if the phone book is open e Confirms a selection display message e Inthe Tel Telephone menu switches to the telephone book and starts dialing the selected number m Press briefly e Back e Switches off the Voice Control System see the separate oper ating instructions e Hides display messages calls up the last Trip menu function used e Exits the telephone book redial memory Press and hold e Calls up the standard display in the Trip menu Right control panel a D WH f e Switches on the Voice Control System see the separate oper ating instructions e Mute e Adjusts the volume e Rejects or ends a call e Exits phone book redial mem ory e Makes or accepts a call e Switches to the redial memory Multifunction display ECO start stop function gt page 145 HOLD HOLD function gt page 178 ra Menus and submenus Menu overview Press the lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to call up the menu bar and select a menu Operating the on board computer gt page 201 Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu gt page 203 Permanent display outside temperature Navi menu navigation instructions Fra
373. n the front compartment center console The cup holder and the rubber mat under neath can be removed for cleaning Clean them with clean lukewarm water only gt To remove carefully pull in upper sections of cup holder C on the driver s and front passenger sides until they release gt Lift the cup holder upwards until it can be removed gt To install insert cup holder into lateral curved sections 2 in the stowage com partment Insert the cup holder so that the wedge of the upper section of cup holder Q faces forwards gt Press the cup holder downwards until it engages on the right and left hand sides Cup holder in the rear seat armrest H Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cup holder before folding the rear seat armrest up Otherwise the cup holder could be damaged u Features ES gt Fold down the rear seat armrest gt To open press the front of cup holder or 2 Cup holder Q or extends automatically gt To close slide cup holder Q or back until it engages Sun visors Overview Z WARNING If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded up when the vehicle is in motion you could be blinded by incident light There is a risk of an accident Always keep the mirror cover folded down while driving Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip e g
374. n toxic and corrosive substan ces If batteries are swallowed it can result in severe health problems There is a risk of fatal injury Keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical attention immediately The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guidelines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the battery replaced at a qualified specialist workshop Checking the battery Fii Fi defeat gt Press the or a button The battery is working properly if battery check lamp Q lights up briefly The battery is discharged if battery check lamp does not light up briefly gt Change the battery gt page 78 ng and closing I Openi Opening and closing If the SmartKey battery is checked within the signal reception range of the vehicle pressing the or g button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle You can get a battery at any qualified spe cialist workshop Replacing the battery You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 76 Fii Whe Deh gi gt Press mechanical key 2 into the opening in the SmartKey in the direction of the arrow until battery tray cover Q
375. n vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS active text only appears when the cruise control lever is actuated gt Select the Assistance Info Display function using the on board computer gt page 209 Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS General notes The following contains descriptions of certain road and traffic conditions in which you must be particularly attentive In such situations brake if necessary DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated Driving systems Cornering going into and coming out of a bend Pid FS PeBS I The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehi cles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a different line PL ett DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect vehicles traveling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Other vehicles changing lanes FHLAITH 1 Driving and parking Driving and parking Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the vehi cle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles ee ee DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the vehicle in front on the edge of the road because of its narrow width The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Obstructions and stationary vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obsta cles or stationary vehicles If for example the detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals
376. nc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Operating safety Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs Introduction res carried out this can result in malfunctions or system failures There is a risk of an accident Always have the prescribed service mainte nance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system There is arisk of fire When driving off road or on unpaved roads check the vehicle s underside regularly In particular remove parts of plants or other flammable materials which have become trapped In the case of damage contact a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring can impair their function and or the function of other net worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec tronic equipment carried out at a qualified spec
377. nction the ECO symbol is shown in the multifunc tion display The stop start function is automatically acti vated each time you start the engine with the SmartKey AMG vehicles the ECO start stop function is only available in drive program C Automatic engine switch off If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically The ECO start stop function is operational when e the indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit green e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e the engine is at normal operating temper ature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has been reached e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on oo i a ge E o0 gt T m ing riving and parki D e the hood is closed e the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine is stopped automatically The HOLD function can also be activated if the engine has been switched off automatically It is then not necessary to continue applying the brakes during the automatic stop phase When you depress the accelerator pedal the engine starts automatically and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated
378. nction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Pull away being ready to brake at all times Do not exceed a maximum speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h when exit ing a parking space Otherwise Active Park ing Assist will be canceled gt Depending on the message or as required shift the transmission to position D or R Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display L Driving and parking You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away If you back up after activation the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead posi tion gt Drive forwards and back up as prompted by the PARKTRONIC warning displays several times if necessary Once you have exited the parking space com pletely the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead position You hear a tone and the Park Assist Finished message appears in the multifunction display You will then have to steer and merge into traffic on your own PARKTRONIC is still available You can take over the steering before the vehicle has exited the parking space completely This is useful for example when you recognize that it is already possible to pull out of the parking space Canceling Active Parking Assist gt Stop the m
379. nd the point of resistance and release it Automatic operation is started gt Toclose manually pull the corresponding switch and hold it gt To close fully pull the switch beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic operation is started gt To interrupt automatic operation press pull the corresponding switch again If you press pull the switch beyond the point of resistance automatic operation is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again You can continue to operate the side win dows after you switch off the engine or remove the SmartKey This function remains active for five minutes or until the driver s or front passenger door is opened When the override feature for the side windows is activated gt page 62 the side windows cannot be operated from the rear Convenience opening Vehicles with KEYLESS GO the KEYLESS GO start function Exclusive Package or AMG Exclusive Package you can ventilate the vehicle before you start driving The SmartKey can also be used to carry out the following functions simultaneously e unlock the vehicle e open the side windows e open the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblind The convenience opening feature can only be operated using the SmartKey gt Vehicles with Exclusive Package or AMG Exclusive Package but without KEYLESS GO and the KEYLESS GO
380. ndi tions 1 These devices may not cause harm ful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired oper ation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device a Introduction Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diagnostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the operation of the vehicle systems As a result the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos tics connection in the vehicle Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s fo
381. ng away e Accelerate less when driving In wintry driving conditions the maximum effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary Important safety notes PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and six sensors in the rear bumper PARKTRONIC indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replace ment for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a park ing space When maneuvering parking or Driving systems ee pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically w
382. ng brake is malfunctioning gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake If it is not possible to engage the electric parking brake gt Shift the selector lever to position P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake manually gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 162 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Display messages ee Display messages PARK USA only Canada only Parking Brake Inop erative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The yellow warning lamp lights up If you manually apply or release the electric parking brake the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes The electric parking brake is malfunctioning It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Shift the selector lever to P as the electric parking brake is not applied automatically gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning e g because of over volta
383. ng used ina cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from oil grease gasoline and diesel Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground gt Apply the electric parking brake manually gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off the engine Changing a wheel fa D ta o 342 Wheels and tires Changing a wheel gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock Securing the vehicle on level ground 141 aa di h hic gt On level ground place chocks or other Peel i We e te Ine ca rei h suitable items under the front and rear of p Metreenange KORN KIE EAT Rie the wheel that is diagonally opposite the VEIG wheel you wish to change gt Safeguard the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 Securing the vehicle to prevent it from _ rolling away y Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the fr
384. nger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning may occur you must drive in the following manner e lower your speed e avoid ruts e avoid sudden steering movements e brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Do not drive through flooded areas Check the depth of any water before driving through it Drive slowly through standing water Otherwise water may enter the vehicle interior or the engine compartment This can damage the electronic compo nents in the engine or the automatic trans mission Water can also be drawn in by the engine s air suction nozzles and this can cause engine damage Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Z DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate ventilation is not possible poisonous gases such as carbon monoxide CO may enter the vehicle This is the case e g if the vehicle becomes trapped in snow There is a risk of fatal injury If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heating running make sure the exhaust pipe and area around the vehicle are clear of snow To ensure an adequate
385. nificantly influence the vehicle s consumption The ECO display consists of three bars e Acceleration e Constant e Coasting The percent value is the average value of the three bars The three bars and the mean value begin at the value of 50 A higher percent age indicates a more economical driving style The ECO display does not indicate the actual fuel consumption A fixed percentage count in the ECO display does not indicate a fixed consumption Apart from driving style consumption is dependent on many factors such as e g e load e tire pressure e cold start e choice of route e electrical consumers switched on These factors are not included in the ECO dis play The evaluation of your driving style is carried out using the following three categories e Acceleration evaluation of all accelera tion processes The bar fills up moderate acceleration especially at higher speeds The bar empties sporty acceleration e Constant assessment of driving behavior at all times The bar fills up constant speed and avoidance of unnecessary acceleration and deceleration The bar empties fluctuations in speed e Coasting assessment of all deceleration processes The bar fills up anticipatory driving keeping your distance and early release of the accelerator The vehicle can coast without use of the brakes The bar empties frequent braking An economical driving style specially requires drivin
386. ns mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Be Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds erare USA only Canada only Ol Alk The red brake system warning lamp and the yellow ABS ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the drive system is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD is malfunctioning Therefore ABS BAS COLLISION PREVEN TION ASSIST PLUS ESP the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also not available ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive
387. nsioning Devices Activation Emissions control Service and warranty information Engine Check Engine warning lamp Display message ECO start stop function Engine number Irregular running Jump starting Starting problems Starting the engine with the SmartKey Starting with the Start Stop but ton Switching off Tow starting vehicle Engine electronics Problem malfunction Engine oil Adding Additives Checking the oil level Checking the oil level using the dipstick Display message Filling capacity Notes about oil grades Notes on oil level consumption Temperature on board computer AMG vehicles Viscosity ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram Activating deactivating except AMG vehicles Activating deactivating on board computer except AMG vehicles AMG menu on board computer Characteristics Deactivating activating button in AMG vehicles Display message ETS 4ETS Function notes General notes Important safety information Trailer stabilization Warning lamp ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction Sys tem Exhaust see Exhaust pipe Exhaust check Exhaust pipe Cleaning Exterior lighting Cleaning see Lights Exterior mirrors Adjusting Dipping automatic Folding in when locking on board computer Folding in out automatically Folding in out electrically Out of position troubleshooting Setting Storing settings memory func tion Storing the parking position Eyeglasses compartment
388. nsmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle H Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle or its drivetrain could be damaged To ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away unintentionally e the electric parking brake must be applied e the transmission must be in position P and the transmission position display must show P e the SmartKey must be removed from the ignition lock e on uphill or downhill gradients the front wheels must be turned towards the curb Switching off the engine Important safety notes Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Vehicles with automatic transmission gt Apply the electric parking brake gt All vehicles except AMG vehicles shift the transmission to position P gt AMG vehicles press button C gt With the SmartKey turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it The i
389. ntensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the windshield wiper to wipe more frequently If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic condi tions Important safety notes A WARNING If the windshield wipers begin to move while you are changing the wiper blades you could be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades B To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper H Never open the hood if a windshield wiper arm has been folded away from the wind shield Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield the windshield may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop Changing the windshield wiper blades Removing the wiper blades gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold the wiper arm away from the wind shield gt Press both release clips gt Fold wiper blade in the dire
390. o end a call press the a button onthe multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding COMAND Audio 20 button for ending a phone call M Stowage and features Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emer gency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center All other calls can be ended by pressing e the a button on the multifunction steer ing wheel When a call is initiated the audio system is muted However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is station ary and in a safe location Stowage and features Downloading destinations Downloading destinations Downloading destinations gives you access to a database with over 15 million points of interest POls These can be downloaded on the navigation system in your vehicle If you know the destination the address can be downloaded Alternatively you can obtain the location of Points of Interest POIs impor tant destinations in the vicinity Furthermore you can download routes with up to four way points You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the address entered gt Select Yes
391. of direction symbol When achange of direction is to be made you will see symbol 8 for the change of direction and distance graphic 2 The distance indi cator shortens towards the top of the display as you approach the point of the announced change of direction The change of direction starts once the distance display reaches zero Change of direction announced with a lane recommendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Lanes not recommended Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction Change of direction symbol On multilane roads lane recommendations can be displayed for the next change of direc tion if the digital map supports this data Dur ing the change of direction new lanes may be added Lane not recommended you will not be able to complete the next change of direction if you stay in this lane Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction in this lane you will be able to complete the next two changes of direction without changing lane Other status indicators of the naviga tion system The navigation system displays additional information and the vehicle status Possible displays e New Route orCalculating Route A new route is calculated Off Mapped Road The vehicle position is inside the area of the digital map but the road is not recognized e g newly built
392. ol sys TOMS eee E seca 124 Operating the climate control sys tems 2s ec eevee 129 Air VentS n cc eer ce 136 Climate control i Climate control Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could other wise fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required The air conditioning system dual zone auto matic climate control regulates the tempera ture and the humidity of the vehicle interior and filters out undesirable substances from the air The air conditioning system dual zone auto matic climate control can only be operated when the engine is running Optimum opera tion is only achieved with the side windows and panorama roof with power tilt sliding
393. on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS and ESP are malfunctioning Therefore BAS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS EBD the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also not available ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ea Problem al The yellow ESP warn ing lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion ES The yellow ESP OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running SPORT AMG vehicles only The yellow SPORT han dling mode warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt When
394. on the high beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or auto gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q In the auto position the high beam head lamps are only switched on when it is dark and the engine is running The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up when the high beam headlamps are switched on gt To switch off the high beam head lamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out Vehicles with Adaptive Highbeam Assist when Adaptive Highbeam Assist is active it controls activation of the high beam head lamps gt page 114 High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow Q Hazard warning lamps gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps press button Q All turn signals flash If you now switch ona turn signal using the combination switch only the turn signal lamp on the corre sponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps press button Q The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if e an air bag is deployed or e the vehicle decel
395. one or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of KEYLESS GO If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey s remote control or with KEYLESS GO after a short time e you will not be able to switch on the ignition with the Start Stop button e you will not be able to start the engine with the Start Stop button until the vehicle is unlocked again If you lock the vehicle centrally using the but ton on the front door gt page 82 you can continue to start the engine with the Start Stop button The engine can be switched off while the vehi cle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for three seconds This function operates independently of the ECO start stop automatic engine switch off func tion Key positions with the Start Stop button Start Stop button Ignition lock As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up Further information on situations where an indicator lamp either fails to go out after starting the engine or lights up while driving gt page 249 If Start Stop button Q has not yet been pressed this corresponds to the key being removed from the ignition gt To switch on the power supply press Start Stop button Q once The power supply is switched on You can now activate the windshield wipers for example
396. ong or if the dis tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes too small Stopping A WARNING When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked only by DISTRONIC PLUS it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated with the cruise control lever e g by a vehi cle occupant or from outside the vehicle e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle against rolling away For further information on deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 176 If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Once your vehicle is stationary it remains stationary and you do not need to depress the brake After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake Depending on the specified minimum dis tance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified minimum distance is set using the control on the cruise control lever When the HOLD function is activated the transmission is shifted automatically to posi
397. ont and rear axle Pad Ga kPa ki If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock Raising the vehicle it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 300 Z WARNING The folding wheel chock is an additional If you do not position the jack correctly at the safety measure to prevent the vehicle from appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the rolling away for example when changing a jack could tip over with the vehicle raised wheel There is a risk of injury gt Fold both plates upwards Q Only position the jack at the appropriate jack gt Fold out lower plate ing point of the vehicle The base of the jack must be positioned vertically directly under gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into rhe 5 the jacking point of the vehicle the openings in base plate 3 H The jack is designed exclusively for jack ing up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged Changing a wheel Observe the following when raising the vehicle e To raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incor rectly the jack could tip over with the vehi cle raised The jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for per forming maintenance work under the vehi cle Avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes Before raising th
398. op before you install a child restraint system again The securing systems of child restraint sys tems are e the seat belt system e the LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings e the Top Tether anchorages If it is absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the information on the Occupant Classifica tion System OCS gt page 49 There you will also find information on deactivating the front passenger front air bag All child restraint systems must meet the fol lowing standards e U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand ards 213 and 225 e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found in the installation instructions that are inclu ded with the child restraint system Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte rior and on the child restraint system LATCH type ISOFIX child seat secur ing system A WARNING LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems do not offer sufficient protective effect for children whose weight is greater than 48 lbs 22 kg who are secured using the safety belt integrated in the child restraint system In the event of an accident a child might not be restrained correctly This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury If the child weighs more
399. or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the RACETIMER is shown gt To start press the OK RACETIMER button to start the Displaying the intermediate time gt Press lt or to select Interm Time gt Press OK to confirm The intermediate time is displayed for five seconds Starting a new lap RACETIMER Fastest lap time best lap Lap gt Press OK to confirm New Lap It is possible to store a maximum of six teen laps The 16th lap can only be com pleted with Finish Lap Stopping the RACETIMER gt Press the button on the steering wheel gt Confirm Yes with OK The RACETIMER interrupts timing if you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock If you turn the key to position 3 and then press OK to confirm Start timing is continued Resetting the current lap gt Stop the RACETIMER gt Press lt q or gt gt Press OK to reset the lap time to 0 to select Reset Lap Deleting all laps If you switch off the engine the RACETIMER is reset to 0 after 30 seconds All laps are deleted You cannot delete individual stored laps If you have stopped 16 laps the current lap does not h
400. or rapid cooling or heating of the vehicle interior briefly set airflow control to a setting between 3 and 6 gt page 132 e Recommendation for a constant vehi cle interior temperature set airflow con trol to a setting between 1 and 3 gt page 132 e Recommendation for air distribution in winter select the 14 and 5 settings gt page 132 Recommendation for air distribution in summer select the or and W4 settings gt page 132 e Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode e If you change the settings of the climate control system the climate status display appears for approximately three seconds at the bottom of the screen in the Audio COMAND display see separate operating instructions You will see the current set tings of the various climate control func tions ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli mate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt pag
401. or wheel cleaner E AMG vehicles with black exhaust pipes black chromed faceplates should not be polished with a chrome polish They will otherwise lose their black shine For opti mal care the screens should be rubbed with a lightly oiled cloth after every car wash Commercially available engine and care oils are suitable for this For heavier soiling you can apply a fine paintwork polish with a microfiber cloth Remove the excess polish residue after pol ishing Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust pipe by cleaning it regularly especially in win ter and after washing gt Clean the exhaust pipe with a care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the display H For cleaning do not use any of the fol lowing e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household clean ing agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irrepara ble damage to the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commer cially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry micro fiber cloth Cleaning the plastic trim
402. ored speed Displays and operation ae The segments between the speed of the vehicle in front and the stored speed light up Multifunction display Right control panel Left control panel gt To activate the on board computer turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel N gt Q ane TS TST c io Som oO P gt Q E gt me a i O Ea Displays and operation On board computer and displays Left control panel lt b ial e Calls up the menu and menu bar Press briefly e Scrolls in lists e Selects a submenu or function e Vehicles with Audio 20 in the Audio menu selects the previ ous next stored station when the preset list or station list is active or an audio track e Vehicles with COMAND in the Audio menu selects the previ ous next station when the pre set list or station list is active or an audio track or video scene e In the Tel telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a name or telephone number Press and hold e Vehicles with Audio 20 in the Audio menu selects the previ ous next station when the pre set list or station list is active or selects an audio track using rapid scrolling e Vehicles with COMAND in the Audio menu selects a preset list or statio
403. orners You can specify up to ten areas simultane ously Different settings are possible for each area These settings can be called up under Own ers Online at http www mbusa com Alternatively you can trigger an MB Info call and inform the customer service representa tive that you wish to activate geo fencing Currently inactive areas can be activated by text message Triggering the vehicle alarm With this function you can trigger the vehi cle s panic alarm via text message An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes Depending on the setting the panic alarm lasts five or ten seconds Afterwards the alarm switches off Gara General notes The HomeLink garage door opener integra ted in the rear view mirror allows you to oper ate up to three different door and gate sys tems Use the integrated garage door opener only on garage doors that e have safety stop and reverse features and e meet current U S federal safety standards Once programed the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror will assume the function of the garage door system s remote m Stowage and features Ea Features m Stowage and features control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system When programming a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming Certain garage door drives are incompatible with the integrated garage
404. orrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the cool ant during operation is approximately 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentra tion in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively P Technical data el Technical data Mercedes Benz recommends coolant or anti freeze corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accordance with MB Specifications for Service Products 310 1 When the vehicle is first delivered it is fil led with a coolant mixture that ensures adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec tion The coolant is checked with every main tenance interval at a qualified specialist workshop Filling capacities Model Capacity AMG vehicles Approx 12 6 US qt 11 91 All other models Approx 8 2 US qt 7 8 l Windshield washer system J Important safety notes A WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con
405. others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass all documents on to the new owner You can also use the CLA Guide smartphone app Apple iOS Android Please note that the Mercedes Benz Guides App may not yet be available in your country The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 1175848600 MI PENEITIA N ID Lights and windshield wipers 109 _ _ ______L _ L _L _E Sy Climate control ce eeeeeeeeeeeeee 123 Driving and parking ee 139 On board computer and displays 19 4ETS Electronic Traction System see ETS 4ETS Electronic Trac tion System 4MATIC Display message
406. otified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Book let with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ser vice advisor will record every service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure USA or the Roadside Assis tance section in the Service and Warranty booklet Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or change of own ership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim ply call
407. otwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H If the engine is switched off and equip ment on the diagnostics connection is used the starter battery may discharge Connecting equipment to the diagnostics connection can lead to emissions monitoring information being reset for example This may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test dur ing the main inspection Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the nec essary specialist knowledge tools and quali fications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book let Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work e alterations installation work and modifica tions e work on electronic components Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driv ing your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the vehicle technical data e traffic rules and regulations e laws
408. ould e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment Observe the load ing guidelines gt page 262 Unlocking and opening doors from the inside H The side windows will not open close if the battery is discharged or if the side win dows have iced up It will then not be pos gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well sible to close the door Do not attempt to force the door closed You could otherwise damage the door or the side window When a door is opened the side window on that side opens slightly When the door is closed the side window closes again gt To unlock and open a front door pull door handle If the door is locked locking knob C pops up The door is unlocked and opens gt To unlock a rear door pull up locking knob a The door is unlocked an
409. ously accelerate Depress the accelerator carefully when pull ing away The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic locking feature gt page 212 It is only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then can the parking lock be deactivated All vehicles except AMG vehicles if you do not depress the brake pedal the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the park ing lock remains engaged AMG vehicles if you do not depress the brake pedal the selector lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged At transmission fluid temperatures below 4 F 20 C you can only shift out of park position P into another transmission position when the engine is running Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly Information on the automatic release of the electric parking brake gt page 162 Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and to d
410. ove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 141 gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they do so gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Any one who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traf fic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Flat tire Ea MOExtended tires tires with run flat properties General notes With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize MOExtended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the sidewall of the tire You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 335 MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an
411. ovement of the multifunction steering wheel or steer yourself Active Parking Assist will be canceled at once The Park Assist Canceled mes sage appears in the multifunction display or gt Press the PARKTRONIC button gt page 183 PARKTRONIC is switched off and Active Parking Assist is immediately canceled The Park Assist Canceled message appears in the multifunction display Active Parking Assist is canceled automati cally if e the electric parking brake is engaged e transmission position P is selected e parking using Active Parking Assist is no longer possible e you are driving faster than 6 mph 10 km h e a wheel spins ESP intervenes or fails The warning lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster A warning tone sounds The parking symbol disappears and the multifunction display shows the Park Assist Canceled mes sage When Active Parking Assist is canceled you must steer and brake again yourself If a system malfunction occurs the vehicle is braked to a standstill To drive on depress the accelerator again General notes The rear view camera is an optical parking and maneuvering aid It uses guide lines to show the area behind your vehicle in the Audio COMAND display The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror The text shown in the Audio COMAND display depends on the language setting The following are examples of rear view camera mes
412. owage areas Stowage and features Stowage compartment in front of the arm rest vehicles with automatic transmis sion gt To open press the marking on cover Q You can remove the non slip mat and the insert for cleaning When removing the insert you will have to overcome some slight resistance Stowage compartment under the armrest 28 gt To open on vehicles with movable armr ests make sure that the armrest is in the rearmost position gt Press button and fold the armrest up Depending on the vehicle equipment the armrest can be moved backwards or forwards in a longitudinal direction Depending on the vehicle s equipment the following may be in the stowage compart ment a multimedia connector unit with an SD card slot and 2 USB ports e g for use with an iPod iPhone or MP3 player see the sepa rate operating instructions Stowage compartment under the driver s seat and front passenger seat Z WARNING If you exceed the maximum load for the stow age compartment the cover may not be able to restrain the items Items may be thrown out of the stowage compartment and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Never exceed the maximum permissible load for the stowage compartment Stow and secure heavy objects in the trunk The maximum permissible load of the stow age compartment is 2 6 Ibs 1
413. p of the roller sunblind Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the 5 If somebody becomes trapped ignition lock gt page 141 5 e E E gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point oo 2 of resistance in the direction of arrow c e during automatic operation push the until the sliding sunroof is fully closed T Switch piety ii au ciieciien gt Keep the E switch pulled for an addi A The closing process is stopped tional second oe gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point Opening and closing of resistance in the direction of arrow until the roller sunblind is fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an addi tional second gt Make sure that the sliding sunroof gt page 91 and the roller sunblind gt page 93 can be fully opened and closed again gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again Overhead control panel To open To open To close gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Press or pull the E switch in the corre sponding direction If you press pull the E switch beyond the point of resistance automatic opera tion is started in the corresponding direc tion You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again z Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Z WARNING If you do not reset the sliding sunroof after a malfunction or voltage supply int
414. page 63 and gt page 67 Pj Roadside Assistance a Battery vehicle eed Roadside Assistance Z WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explo sive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers e due to friction between clothing and seats e if you push or pull the battery across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth A WARNING During the charging process a battery produ ces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into con tact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a bat tery e It is important that you observe the descri bed order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to obse
415. perator s Manual a Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red park USA only up You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the igni tion was switched off Canada only indicator lamp lights gt SmartKey turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock gt KEYLESS GO switch on the ignition The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds A condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake is not fulfilled gt page 162 You are driving with the electric parking brake applied gt Release the electric parking brake manually The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds You are using the electric parking brake for emergency braking gt page 162 The yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To apply gt Switch the ignition off gt Press the electric parking brake handle for at least ten seconds gt Shift the selector lever to position P gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp and the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp light up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it
416. performance or status of various systems including but not limited to engine throttle steering or brake sys tems that is stored and can be read out with suitable devices particularly when the vehi cle is serviced The data obtained is used to properly diagnose and service your vehicle or to further optimize and develop vehicle func tions COMAND mbrace Canada TELEAID If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or mbrace additional data about the vehicle s operation the use of the vehicle in certain situations and the location of the vehicle may be compiled through COMAND or the mbrace system For additional information please refer to the COMAND User Manual and or the mbrace Terms and Conditions a Introduction Event data recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in under standing how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crash like situations such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal an
417. persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified specialist workshop The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 295 gt Switch the ignition back on The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Active Parking Assist General notes Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound It measures the road on both sides of the vehicle A parking symbol indicates a suitable parking space Active steering intervention and brake application can assist you during parking and when exit ing a parking space You may also use PARKTRONIC gt page 181 Important safety notes Active Parking Assist is merely an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space Make sure that no persons animals or objects are in the maneuvering range When PARKTRONIC is switched off Active Parking Assist is also unavailable Z WARNING While parking or pulling out of a parking space the vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of the oncoming lane This could result in a collision with another road user There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to other road users Stop the vehicle if necessary or cancel the Active Park ing Assist parking procedure H If unavoidable you sho
418. position P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g rear window defroster lighting etc gt Open the hood Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device gt Press together cover Q of positive clamp and slide it back gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable beginning with your own battery Towing and tow starting ee gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal of donor battery to ground point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicle first gt If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery slightly gt Start the engine gt Before disconnecting the jumper cables let the engine run for several minutes gt First remove the jumper cables from ground point and negative terminal then from positive clamp and positive terminal Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first gt Close cover Q of positive terminal 2 after removing the jumper cables gt Close the hood gt Have the battery checked at a qualified speci
419. possi ble Po BS et White guide line at current steering wheel angle Parking space marking gt Turn the steering wheel to the center posi tion while the vehicle is stationary ee PLS Sith Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel End of parking space gt Back up carefully until you have reached the final position Red guide line is then at end of parking space The vehicle is almost parallel in the parking space Driving systems Wide angle function ai Ean Symbol for the wide angle view function Own vehicle PARKTRONIC warning displays You can also use the rear view camera to select a wide angle view When PARKTRONIC is operational gt page 182 a symbol for your own vehicle appears in the Audio 20 COMAND display If the PARKTRONIC warning displays are active warning displays light up in the Audio 20 COMAND display in yellow or red respec tively ATTENTION ASSIST General notes ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in the 37 mph 60 km h to 125 mph 200 km h range If ATTEN TION ASSIST detects typical indicators of fati gue or increasing lapses in concentration on the part of the driver it suggests taking a break Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It m
420. pulling away only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 68 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 67 ESP is deactivated ESP will not stabilize the vehicle if it starts to skid or if a wheel starts to spin WARNING If ESP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Reactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 68 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 67 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Drive on carefully gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop SPORT handling mode is activated A WARNING When SPORT handling mode is switched on ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with the conditions described in the Activating deactivating SPORT handling mode section gt page 68 Fy On board computer and displays Pa Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem I ae
421. puter and displays Seat belts Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger After starting the to fasten their seat belts engine the red seat gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds A The driver s seat belt is not fastened After starting the gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 engine the red seat The warning tone ceases belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warn ing tone sounds for up to 6 seconds Pe Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your s
422. r Upshift indicator Engine oil temperature Coolant temperature Transmission fluid temperature gt Pressthe lt Jor gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu Upshift indicator upshift indicator UP indicates that the engine has reached the overrevwving range when in the manual drive program Engine transmission oil temperature when the engine and transmission are at nor mal operating temperature oil tempera ture and are displayed in white in the multifunction display If the multifunction display shows oil temper ature or in blue the engine or the transmission are not yet at normal operating temperature Avoid driving at full engine out put during this time SETUP Drive program C S M ESP mode ON OFF or SPORT handling mode SPORT SETUP shows the drive program the ESP Electronic Stability Program mode and the SPORT handling mode gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until SETUP is displayed RACETIMER Displaying and starting RACETIMER Lap RACETIMER The RACETIMER is only intended for use on a closed race circuit Do not use the function on public roads You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or if the SmartKey is in posi tion 2 in the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt
423. r W button been reached gt To select a station in the station list If you press and hold A or the press and hold the A or W button rapid scrolling speed is increased Not all audio drives or data carriers support this Vehicles with COMAND gt To select a preset list or station list If track information is stored on the audio press and hold the A or bA button device or medium the multifunction display until the preset list or station listis shownin will show the number and title of the track the desired frequency range gt To select a station press A or V Video DVD operation briefly function SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like a normal radio You can find further information on opera tion in the Satellite radio section of the separate Audio 20 or COMAND operating instructions You can only operate DVD videos in the Audio menu in vehicles with COMAND ad Menus and submenus L On board computer and displays gt Switch on COMAND and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next or previous scene briefly press the A or W button gt To select a scene from the scene list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired scene has been reached
424. r Assistance Center CAG eein e REEERE 25 Customer Relations Department 25 C Data see Technical data Daytime running lamps Display message s e 232 Function notes sssssisssirsersernsess 110 Switching on off on board com PUTET aeiee EE 212 Declarations of conformity 24 Diagnostics connection 0 24 Digital speedometer ee 205 DIRECT SELECT lever Automatic transmission ss 148 Display messages ASSYST PLUS sscteeiesecascas 290 Calling up on board computer 217 Driving systems ENSING sis ccssesescteveceteszestpesets General Notes aies Hiding on board computer 217 MI SING yee os E E eaieavteceanss 229 Safety SyYSteMS ssis 218 SIMATER CY sccvsscesecessdedepsest sooneecnescects 246 iaa E E 239 Vehicle ermi ee atest 242 Distance recorder eee 203 Distance warning warning lamp 258 Distance warning function Function notes Warning lamp DISTRONIC PLUS Activation conditions Cruise control lever 00 seeeeseeeee De activating sotrana Display message seene Displays in the multifunction dis Play sss ccsccsses ares erare Driving tips sic ccccveceeseeeceee cece seseces FUNCtION NOTES ceceeseseeeeesenees Important safety notes s Setting the specified minimum CIStANCE vecscscacesciessseversceecueacusbessees Doors Automatic locking on board com DULG Ae E E E E Automatic locking switch
425. r console Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint sys tems Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified specialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tires and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety rel evant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Mercedes Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict quality control Every part has been spe cifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addi tion strategically located parts delivery cen ters provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification num ber VIN when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts gt page 352 Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and al
426. r is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is signif icantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning Fay Wheels and tires tL Wheels and tires In addition to the warning lamp a message appears in the multifunction display Observe the information on display messages gt page 239 It may take up to ten minutes for a malfunc tion of the tire pressure monitor to be indica ted A malfunction will be indicated by the tire pressure warning lamp flashing for approx imately one minute and then remaining lit When the malfunction has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those meas ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure val ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio trans mitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Checking the
427. r pull away or gt To park using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Back up the vehicle being ready to brake at all times When backing up drive at a speed below approximately 6 mph 10 km h Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be can celed Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill when the vehicle approaches the rear border of the parking space Maneuvering may be required in tight park ing spaces The Park Assist Active Select D Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display gt Shift the transmission to position D while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away gt Drive forwards and be ready to brake at all times Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill when the vehicle approaches the front border of the parking space Maneuvering may be required in tight park ing spaces The Park Assist Active Select R Observe Surroundings message appear
428. r remote control is available for the same garage door drive repeat the same programming steps with this remote con trol Before performing these steps make sure that new batteries have been installed in garage door drive remote control e Note that some remote controls only trans mit for a limited amount of time the indi cator lamp on the remote control goes out Press button on remote control again before transmission ends e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal recep tion transmission Opening closing the garage door After it has been programmed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt Press button or which you have programmed to operate the garage door Garage door system with a fixed code indi cator lamp Q lights up green Garage door system with a rolling code indicator lamp Q flashes green The transmitter will transmit a signal as long as the button is pressed The trans mission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp lights up yellow gt Press button or again if neces sary Clearing the memory Make sure that you clear the memory of the integrated garage door opener before selling the vehicle
429. r the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop Tire pressure reached Z WARNING A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant impairs the driving characteristics and is not suitable for higher speeds There is a risk of accident You should therefore adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully Do not exceed the specified maximum speed with a tire that has been repaired using tire sealant The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tire sealant is 50 mph 80 km h The upper part of the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the instrument cluster in the driver s field of vision H Residue from the tire sealant may come out of the filler hose after use This could cause stains Therefore place the filler hose in the plastic bag which contained the TIREFIT kit Q Environmental note Have the used tire sealant bottle disposed of professionally e g at a qualified specialist workshop If a tire pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi has been achieved after ten minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Pull away immediately gt Stop after driving for approximately ten minutes and check the tire pressure with the tire inflation compressor The tire pressure
430. rd The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs The gross weight of all vehicle occupants load and luggage must not exceed the speci fied value Loading the vehicle The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The maximum permis sible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle specific and may differ from that in the illustration You can find the valid maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle on the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard miig EEI Maximum number of seats Q indicates the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load ing Information placard Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Loading the vehicle se gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle
431. re that the rear view camera is switched on gt page 189 The lane and the guide lines are shown gt With the help of white guide line Q check whether the vehicle will fit into the parking space gt Using white guide line Q as a guide care fully back up until you reach the end posi tion Red guide line 4 is then at the end of the parking space The vehicle is almost paral lel in the parking space Driving systems Hee Reverse perpendicular parking with the steering wheel at an angle PS SI Parking space marking Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic gt Drive past the parking space and bring the vehicle to a standstill gt Make sure that the rear view camera is switched on gt page 189 The lane and the guide lines are shown gt While the vehicle is at a standstill turn the steering wheel in the direction of the park ing space until yellow guide line 2 reaches parking space marking A gt Keep the steering wheel in that position and back up carefully PLS Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic ing iving and parki Dr ing d park Iving an a gt Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly in front of the parking space The white lane should be as close to parallel with the parking space marking as
432. risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys tem H To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e keep liquids from spilling on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating mate Seats steering wheel and mirrors 7 Seats steering wheel and mirrors E rials e g blankets coats bags seat cov ers child seats or booster seats H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats when moving the seats back There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be dam aged Further related subjects e cargo compartment enlargement fold ing down the rear seats gt page 265 Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Lift handle and slide the seat forwards or backwards gt Release lever 1 again Make sure that you hear the seat engag
433. rive position 3 To start the engine The SmartKey can be turned in the igni tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart Key for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started Start Stop button General notes Vehicles with KEYLESS GO are equipped with SmartKeys featuring the integrated KEYLESS GO function and a detachable Start Stop but ton Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example when starting the engine When you insert the Start Stop button into the ignition lock the system needs approx imately two seconds recognition time You can then use the Start Stop button Driving and parking oi ng _ Driving and parking Pressing the Start Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the different key positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immedi ately To start the vehicle without actively using the SmartKey e the Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock e the SmartKey must be in the vehicle e the vehicle must not be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt page 75 Do not keep the KEYLESS GO key e with electronic devices e g a mobile ph
434. riving in snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling charac teristics Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted When you have mounted the M S tires gt Check the tire pressures gt page 322 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 328 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning sys tem Canada gt page 326 or restart the tire pressure monitor USA Canada gt page 328 Z WARNING If snow chains are mounted on the rear wheels the snow chains could cause abrasion to the vehicle body or to chassis components This could cause damage to the vehicle or the tires There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e never mount snow chains on the rear wheels e only mount snow chains in pairs on the front wheels H On some tire sizes there is not enough space for snow chains To avoid damage to the vehicle or tires observe the Wheel and tire combinations section under Tires and wheels Vehicles with steel wheels if you mount snow chains on steel wheels you may damage the hub caps Remove the hub Winter operation Ea caps from the relevant wheels before mounting the snow chains For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use snow chains that have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality For mor
435. round gt Place the jack to one side Wheel and tire combinations gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross wise pattern in the sequence indicated Q to The specified tightening torque is 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position gt Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle tools in the vehicle again gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment insert the cover into the outer sill gt Check the tire pressure of the newly moun ted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt page 322 When you are driving with the collapsible spare wheel mounted the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning system the tire pres sure monitor when the damaged wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Vehicles with a tire pressure control sys tem all installed wheels must be equipped with functioning sensors Wheel and tire combinations H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz rec ommends that you only use tires and wheels which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehi cle ry Wheels and tires Wheels and tires These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires featuring r
436. rve the described order when connecting and dis connecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batter ies Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty of clean water and seek medical atten tion Q Environmental note Mf Batteries contain dangerous substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environmentally friendly manner Take discharged batteries to a qualified spe cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries aS H Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe cialist workshop for more information H You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e you switch off the engine and remove the key On vehicles with KEYLESS GO ensure that the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off O
437. rvice life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting characteristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop heed Roadside Assistance Jump starting Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points e The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device e You may only jump start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first e Only jump start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating e Only use jump leads that are not damaged and have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch Make sure that e the jumper cables are not damaged e when the jumper cables are connected to the battery uninsulated sections of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal sections e the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running such as the V belt pulley or the fan gt Secure the vehicle by applying the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to
438. ry vehicle gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop and have the tire changed there gt Have the tire sealant bottle and the filler hose replaced as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced every four years at a qualified specialist work shop Battery vehicle Special tools and expert knowledge are required when working on the battery e g removal and installation You should there fore have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can lead for example to a short circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions applying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting sys tem the ABS anti lock braking system or the ESP Electronic Stability Program The oper ating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e when braking e in the event of abrupt steering maneuvers and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci dent contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt
439. ry to start the engine again The engine does not e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics start The starter motor e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply can be heard Before attempting to start the engine again gt Turn the key to position O in the ignition lock or gt Press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out gt Try to start the engine again gt page 143 Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts i Driving and parking gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine does not The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak or start You cannot hear discharged the starter motor gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 309 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes gt Try to start the engine again If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center te Automatic transmission e Driving and parking Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine is not run There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a m
440. s also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recom mends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime In some coun tries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self imposed obli gations Setting options Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 112 e the on board computer gt page 212 Light switch Operation 1 P Left hand standing lamps 2 P Right hand standing lamps 3 5002 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode control led by the light sensor 5 2 Low beam high beam headlamps L Rear fog lamp 40 Fog lamp only vehicles with front fog lamps If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to AUTO The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0 Automatic headlamp mode AUTO is the favored light switch setting The light setting is automatically selected accord ing
441. s a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm on all four winter tires Observe the legally required minimum tire tread depth gt page 319 Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on surfaces that are not icy or covered with snow Take appropriate care when driving Further information on winter tires M S tires gt page 320 Temperature Z WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi pate heat when tested under controlled con ditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law All about wheels and tires approved for your vehicle model O
442. s can also impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum permissible number of occupants and the maximum permis sible vehicle load It also contains details of the tire sizes and corresponding pres sures for tires mounted at the factory The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating It is made up Loading the vehicle Ea ao o o Wheels and tires of the vehicle weight all vehicle occu pants the fuel and the cargo You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the maxi mum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle Pad faa Hii gt Specification for maximum gross vehicle weight is listed in the Tire and Loading Information placa
443. s collected on the windshield can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windshield is dry If it is necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the wind shield wipers H If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windshield after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash wax or other residues may be the reason for this Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wiper off 2 Intermittent wipe low rain sensor set to low sensitivity 3 Intermittent wipe high rain sensor set to high sensitivity Continuous wipe slow 5 Continuous wipe fast Single wipe amp Wipes the wind shield using washer fluid 4 gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the corre sponding position H Vehicles with a rain sensor if the wind shield becomes dirty in dry weather condi tions the windshield wipers may be activa ted inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather Vehicles with a rain sensor in the or position the appropriate wiping fre quency is automatically set according to the i
444. s in the multifunction display As soon as the parking procedure is com plete the Park Assist Switched Off mes sage appears and a warning tone sounds The vehicle is now parked The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled when you depress the accelerator pedal Active Parking Assist no longer supports you with steering interventions and brake appli cations When Active Parking Assist is fin ished you must steer and brake again your self PARKTRONIC is still available Driving systems Parking tips e The way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent on various factors These include the posi tion and shape of the vehicles parked in front and behind it and the conditions of the location It may be the case that Active Parking Assist guides you too far into a parking space or not far enough into it In some cases it may also lead you across or onto the curb If necessary you should can cel the parking procedure with Active Park ing Assist You can also select preselect transmission position D The vehicle redirects and does not drive as far into the parking space Should the transmission change take place too early the parking procedure will be canceled A sensible parking position can no longer be achieved from this position Exiting a parking space In order that Active Parking Assist can sup port you when yo
445. s made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date Load bearing index The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Treadwear indicators Narrow bars tread wear bars that are dis tributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 16 in 1 6 mm has been reached Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Total load limit Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg 150 Ibs multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle Changing a wheel The Breakdown assistance section gt page 300 contains information and notes on how to deal with a flat tire Information on driving with MOExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can be found under MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 301 Z WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged There is a risk of acci dent Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions H On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor electronic components
446. s to the following functions button button lights e high airflow e high temperature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off The Windshield defrosting function automatically sets the blower output to the optimum defrosting effect As a result the airflow may increase or decrease automat ically after the g button is pressed You can adjust the blower output man ually while the Windshield defrosting function is in operation Operating the climate control systems e Air conditioning system turn airflow control counter clockwise or clock wise gt page 125 e Dual zone automatic climate control press the amp or button gt To deactivate press the button The indicator lamp in the button goes out The previously selected settings are restored Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or gt Dual zone climate control press the button The indicator lamp in the button goes out Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Air conditioning system turn temperature control Q counter clockwise or clockwise gt page 125 AUTO Dual zone automatic climate control turn temperature control Q or 9 counter clockwise or clockwise gt page 127 The MAX COOL function is only available in vehicles
447. s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pres sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the corresponding sensors are installed in all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the Serv menu of the multi function display see illustration example EH For information on the message display refer to the Checking the tire pressure electroni cally section gt page 328 Important safety notes Z WARNING Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once every two weeks when cold and inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire pres sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure tell
448. safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System gt page 63 e BAS Brake Assist System gt page 64 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 64 e ESP Electronic Stability Program gt page 67 e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution gt page 70 e ADAPTIVE BRAKE gt page 70 e STEER CONTROL gt page 70 If you fail to adapt your driving style or if you are inattentive the driving safety systems can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for maintaining the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for stay ing in lane Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather condi tions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully The driving safety systems described only work as effectively as possible when there is adequate contact between the tires and the road surface Please pay special attention to the notes on tires recommended minimum tire tread depths etc gt page 318 In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driving safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible Driving safety systems Ea Driving safety systems General information ABS regulates brake pressure in su
449. sages in the Audio COMAND display Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 296 Important safety notes The rear view camera is only an aid It is nota replacement for your attention to your imme diate surroundings You are always responsi ble for safe maneuvering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Under the following circumstances the rear view camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the trunk lid is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the camera is exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LED lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter e if the camera lens is dirty or obstructed Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 296 e if the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop The field of vision and other functions of the rear view camera may be restricted due to additional accessories on the rear of the vehi cle e g license plate holder bicycle rack Activating deactivating the rear view camera gt To activate make sure that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear function is selec
450. seal the tire properly e there are cuts or punctures in the tire larger than those mentioned above e the wheel rim is damaged e you have driven at very low tire pressures or on a flat tire There is a risk of an accident Do not drive the vehicle Contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita tion It must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing or be swallowed Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes Keep tire sealant away from children There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the tire sealant observe the following e Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin immediately with water e If the tire sealant comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thor oughly with clean water e If tire sealant is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting and seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with tire sealant e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately H Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than ten minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the sticker on the tire inflation compressor Using the TIREFIT kit
451. self test OdOMetEr nie shssacudninhniadins On board computer AMG menu Assistance graphic menu Assistance menu Audio menu Convenience submenu Display messages ssec Displaying a service message DISTRONIC PLUS Factory Settings cssscesesceses Important safety notes s s s Instrument cluster submenu Lighting submenu Menu OVErVIEW cccceesereeeeeeeeee Message MEMOS secere Navigation menu Operation RAGETIMER tsscesceschedeeieecsvecesdebsteees Service menu Settings menu Standard display cee eeeeeeeeeeees Telephone menu Trip menu Vehicle submenu Video DVD operation Opening and closing the side trim panels icsccs scsistecsleedscesetcasessbestbdeaastaces 119 Operating safety Declaration of conformity s 24 Important safety notes eee 23 Operating system see On board computer Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment eeeseeeeeeeees 21 Outside temperature display 201 Overhead control panel 37 Override feature Rear Side WINdOWS seseeeeeeseeeees 62 Paint code number cece Paintwork cleaning instructions Panic alarm Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Important safety notes s es Operating sc scccsevccce nit ceessecesesesces Problem malfunction Parking Important safety notes Parking Drakes Position of exterior mirror front passenger side Rear view camera see Active Parking Assist see PARK
452. sert side panel Tail lamps gt Switch off the lights gt Open the trunk gt Open the side trim panel gt page 119 Pa i n a gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Press retaining clips Q at the same time in gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder he eee at ieee idea gt Insert bulb holder 2 and turn it clockwise X Carerully remove Ihe bulbiholger Wiki We b contacted connectors and the bulbs gt Press on housing cover Q and turn it to the right fe Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers ted e pe Game way Bulb holder Brake lamp Brake lamp Rear fog lamp Backup lamp Turn signal gt Brake lamp rear fog lamp backup lamp remove the corresponding bulb from the bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder gt Turn signal press the bulb gently into the bulb holder turn it counter clockwise and remove it from the bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder and turn it clockwise gt Reinsert the bulb holder and engage on retaining clips gt Close the side trim panel gt page 119 Windshield wipers H Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry as this could damage the wiper blades Moreover dust that ha
453. setting If you activate the Automatic Door Lock function the vehicle is centrally locked above a speed of around 9 mph 15 km h For further information on the automatic lock ing feature see gt page 82 Activating deactivating the acoustic locking verification signal If you switch on the Acoustic Lock function an acoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehicle gt Press the lt q or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the _W or A button to select the Acoustic Lock function If the Acoustic Lock function is activated the symbol in the multifunction dis play lights up orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Convenience Switching the fold in mirrors when lock ing feature on off This function is only available in Canada This function is only available when the vehi cle is equipped with the electrical fold in func tion When you activate the Auto Mirror Fold ing function the exterior mirrors are folded in when the vehicle is locked If you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door the exterior mirrors fold out again If you have switched on the Auto Mirror Folding function and you fold in the exterior mirrors using th
454. shift up automati cally even when the engine limiting speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrewving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There is otherwise a risk of engine damage Gear indicator Upshift indicator Before the engine speed reaches the red area an upshift indicator will be shown in the mul tifunction display gt If the color in the speedometer multifunc tion display changes to red and the UP dis play message is shown shift up a gear Downshifting gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 The automatic transmission shifts down to the next gear If you slow down or stop without shifting down the automatic transmission automati cally shifts down For maximum acceleration pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter until the trans mission selects the optimum gear for the cur rent speed If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down the automatic transmission protects against engine damage by not shifting down Automatic transmission Kickdown You can also use kickdown for maximum acceleration in manual drive program M gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Shift back up once t
455. should not be greater than 3 ft 1 m PRA 1 777 31 gt Touch recessed sensor surface on the door handle until the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed Make sure you only touch recessed sen sor surface 1 gt Make sure that all the side windows are closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed sce wincows oo On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Touch recessed sensor surface Q on the door handle again until the roller sunblind of the panorama sliding sunroof closes gt To interrupt convenience closing release recessed sensor surface C on the door handle If a side window can no longer be closed fully you must reset it gt Close all the doors gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is com pletely closed gt page 87 gt Hold the switch for an additional second Opening and closing E If the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side win dow is completely closed gt page 87 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the respective side window remains closed after the button is released then it has been set correctly If t
456. sit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand or right hand exterior mirror is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand brake lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp brake lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 116 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Be Display messages O NA License Plate Lamp w Check Left Fog LamporCheck Right Fog Lamp Rear Fog Lamp e Check Front Left Parking lamp or Check Front Right Parking Lamp Backup Light W Check Left Tail Lamp or Check Right Tail Lamp A Check Front Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand license plate lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand fog lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear fog lamp is faulty gt Ch
457. sition If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows gt Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exte rior mirrors press and hold mirror folding button gt page 103 until you hear a click and then the mirrors engage in position The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 103 Automatic anti glare mirrors N WARNING Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto matic anti glare mirror breaks The electrolyte is harmful and causes irritation It must not come into contact with your skin eyes res piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the electrolyte observe the following e Rinse off the electrolyte from your skin immediately with water e Immediately rinse the electrolyte out of your eyes thoroughly with clean water e If the electrolyte is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly Do not induce vomiting e If electrolyte comes into contact with your skin or hair or is swallowed seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with electrolyte e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately The Automatic anti glare mirrors function is only available if the
458. size designation load bearing that are only designed for temporary use inan capacity and speed rating emergency Z WARNING Tire width tire width shows the nominal Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capa t e width in millimeters city and the approved maximum speed could Aspect ratio aspect ratio is the size ratio lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There between the tire height and tire width and is is a risk of accident shown in percent The aspect ratio is calcu Ea All about wheels and tires 4 Wheels and tires lated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the man ufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diam eter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maxi mum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 329 Example Load bearing index 91 indicates
459. snesectes 320 Sidewall definition eee 340 Speed rating definition 339 StOMM E eee tee e oae rE E E ES 341 Structure and characteristics definition yene s 338 SUMMEN TIES sexccusseseessecsbones itira 320 Temperature ssnsiests sisri 334 TIN Tire Identification Number definition sesccscsanrnseris 340 Tire bead definition 0 eee 340 Tire pressure definition 340 Tire pressures recommended 339 Tire size data sssiiissciresssis 345 Tire size designation load bearing capacity speed rating 0 ee 335 Tine treadssroecnnn a 319 Tire tread definition 340 Total load limit definition we 341 MGACUION lt s003scevedceanevsessontssetes T 334 Traction definition 0 eee 340 Tread Wear acvusid sui atensesectee 334 Uniform Tire Quality Grading SUANGALGS xcesiesscstscescetsrecasect oticed ses 333 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition ee 339 Wear indicator definition 340 Wheel and tire combination 347 Wheel rim definition 0 0 0 eee 339 see Flat tire Top Tether eere 59 Tow starting Emergency engine starting 314 Important safety notes 0 0 314 Installing the towing eye s es 312 Removing the towing eye 313 Towing a trailer ESP Electronic Stability Pro QIAN cvsscssevscecssscceeeseesenseopscecnenerencns 70 Towing away Important safety guidelines 3
460. splay messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the notes on e HOLD function gt page 178 e Parking gt page 160 Hiding display messages gt Press the OK or pa button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority dis play messages cannot be hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes sages have been remedied Message memory The on board computer saves certain display messages in the message memory You can call up the display messages gt Press the If there are display gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu mes sages the multifunction d
461. st be carried out more fre quently for example e regular city driving with frequent intermedi ate stops e if the vehicle is primarily used to travel short distances e use in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces e if the engine is often left idling for long peri ods Under these or similar conditions have for example the air filter engine oil and oil filter replaced or changed more frequently Under arduous operating conditions the tires must be checked more often Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist work shop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network is also available in other countries You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center Q Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible man ner H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents E Maintenance and care J Maintenance and care e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel clean
462. stened it cannot protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fas tened seat belt can cause additional injury for example in an accident during braking or an abrupt change of direction This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury For this reason always secure persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable restraint systems If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for this Mercedes Benz vehicle The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Children in the vehicle sec tion of this Operator s Manual gt page 56 in addition to the child Occupant safety ra restraint system manufacturer s installa tion instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 49 Z WARNING The seat belts may not perform their intended protective function if Safety i e they are damaged modified extremely dirty bleach or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels have been modi fied Seat belts may sustain non visible damage in an accident e g due to glass splinters Modi fied or damaged seat belts may tear or fail e g in an acc
463. streets car parks or private land e No Route No route could be calculated to the selec ted destination B You have reached the destination or an intermediate destination Audio menu Operating an audio player or audio media Selecting a radio station Current title Active station list Station frequency with memory position Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played depending on the equip Station is displayed with the station fre ment installed in the vehicle quency or station name The memory position gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND and select is only displayed along with station if this audio CD or MP3 mode see the separate has been stored operating instructions gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND and select 4 press the Jor P button onthe steer Radio see the separate operating instruc ing wheel to select the Audio menu tions gt To select the next previous track gt Press the lt or gt button onthe steer briefly press the A or V button ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select a track from the track list ey On board computer and displays Vehicles with Audio 20 rapid scrolling press and hold the A gt To select a station in the preset list or Y button until the desired track has briefly press the A o
464. system to display a warning With the help of the radar sensor system the distance warning function can detect obsta cles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time Up to a speed of around 44 mph 70 km h the distance warning function can also react to stationary obstacles such as stopped or parked vehicles If you approach an obstacle and the distance warning function detects a risk of a collision the system will initially alert you both visually and acoustically or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do gt pe Q H Autonomous braking function If the driver does not react to the distance warning signal in a critical situation COLLI SION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can assist with the autonomous braking function The autonomous braking function e gives the driver more time to react to criti cal driving situations e can help the driver to avoid an accident or e reduces the effects of an accident Vehicles without DISTRONIC PLUS the autonomous braking function is available in the following speed ranges e 5 65 mph 7 105 km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects a Driving safety systems Safety i Vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS the auton omous braking function is available in the fol lowing speed ranges e 5 124 mph 7 200 km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects If the autonomous
465. t 98 Cleaning the Cover cccceceeees 297 Correct driver s seat position 96 Folding the backrest rear com partment forwards back 266 Important safety notes s 97 Seat heating problem sses 102 Storing settings memory func HOM E EET 106 Switching seat heating on off 100 Securing Cargo ee 266 Selector lever Cleaning sisisi 297 Sensors cleaning instructions 295 Service menu on board com PUTET 2 2 ce eresse issiria 211 Service message see ASSYST PLUS Service products Brake fluid orines 357 Coolant engine neseser 357 ENgINE Oli oranie 356 FUG E E E ETT 353 Important safety notes s s 353 Refrigerant air conditioning sys CEMI cccrcvscepssccecacecicectesopstecasnercnenstees 358 Washer fluid ssessssseiiipiniis rsrs 358 Setting the air distribution 132 Setting the airflow ee 132 Settings Factory on board computer 213 On board Computer eects 211 SETUP on board computer 214 Side impact air bag 0 0 eee 48 Side marker lamp display mes SASS ove E A 231 Side windows CIC ANIMES ecncenansnnnninesun 294 Convenience closing feature 88 Convenience opening feature 87 Important safety information 86 Opening CIOSING sesen 87 Problem malfunction eee 90 Resetting ceeccicsesccstereceeeeecescesrecsnees 89 Reversing feature sccis riensi
466. t e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in an almost upright position with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet resting on the floor if possi ble If the front passenger does not observe these conditions OCS may produce a false classi fication e g because the front passenger e transfers their weight by supporting them selves on a vehicle armrest e sits in such a way that their weight is raised from the seat cushion If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the correct positioning of Occupant safety cea the child restraint system Never place objects under or behind the child restraint system e g cushions The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system must lie as flat as possible against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat back rest and the head restraint position accord ingly Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function correctly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions Operation of Occupant Classification System OCS PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp The indicator l
467. t tings of the various climate control func tions ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli mate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 146 Operating the climate control sys tems General notes When the climate control is switched off the air supply and air circulation are also switched off The windows could fog up Therefore switch off climate control only briefly Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To switch on turn control clockwise to the desired position except position 0 gt page 125 gt To switch off turn control counter clockwise to position O gt page 125 Operating the climate control systems ee Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 141 gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode AUTO or gt Press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button goes out The previously selected settings are restored gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the up OFF button OFF button lights
468. t loss in pressure A warning tone also sounds Possible causes e you have changed the positions of the wheels and tires or instal led new wheels and tires e the tire pressure in one or more tires is not correct WARNING Tire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 300 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary correct the tire pres sure gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the tire pressure is correct gt page 326 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display mes sage and has not been restarted since gt Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 326 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop a On board computer and displays aal Display messages
469. t air bag is deactivated But in the case of a 12 month old child in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON can light up per manently after the system self test This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated The result of the classifi cation is dependent on among other fac tors the child restraint system and the child s stature It is recommended that you install the child restraint system on a suit able rear seat the front passenger seat is occupied by a person of smaller stature e g a teenager or small adult either the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON or PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp lights up and remains lit after the system self test depending on the result of the classification If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Alterna tively a person of smaller stature can sit on a rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit a person of smaller stature should not use the front passenger seat the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult or a person of a stature correspond ing to that of an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If children are traveling in the vehicle be sure to observe the notes on Children in the vehi cle gt page 56 W
470. t be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP gt To activate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The srort SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up The SPORT handling mode message appears in the multifunction display gt To deactivate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The srort SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Driving safety systems eee gt To deactivate ESP press button Q until the amp ESP OFF warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster The amp OFF message appears in the mul tifunction display gt To activate ESP briefly press button The ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The amp ESP ON message appears in the multifunc tion display Characteristics of activated SPORT han dling mode If SPORT handling mode is activated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes ESP only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree When SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP only improves driving stability to a limited degre
471. t belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Dam aged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop Occupant safety ca gt Press release button Q hold belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards belt outlet Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The 4 seat belt warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is a reminder that all vehicle occupants must wear their seat belts It may light up continuously or flash In addition there may be a warning tone Regardless of whether the driver s seat belt has already been fastened the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started If after six seconds the driver or front passenger seat belt has not been fastened and the doors are closed the 4 seat belt warning lamp lights up As soon as the driver s and front passenger seat belts are fastened or a front door is opened again the 4 seat belt warning lamp goes out If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound This warning tone stops after six seconds or when the driver s seat belt is fastened If the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h once and the driver s and front passenger seat belts are not fastened a
472. t contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a risk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components such as the fan rotation area e remove jewelry and watches e keep items of clothing and hair for exam ple away from moving parts A WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection sys tem work under high voltage If you touch components which are under voltage you could get an electric shock There is a risk of injury Never touch components of the ignition sys tem or fuel injection system when the ignition is switched on Opening the hood Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood Engine compartment H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could o
473. t of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Overview changing bulbs bulb types You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Replacing bulbs Vehicles with halogen headlamps Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Low beam headlamp daytime running lamp parking lamp standing lamp H15 55 W 15 W Low beam headlamp H7 55 W Lights and windshield wipers ry Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Cornering lamp H7 55 W T w a Tail lamps vehicles with halogen headlamps Rear fog lamp P 21 W Brake lamp W 16 W Brake lamp W 16 W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Backup lamp W 16 W fe Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers Lal Removing and installing the cover in the front wheel housing Pih eee TE You must remove the cover of the front wheel housing before you can change the front turn signal lamp gt To remove switch off the lights gt Turn the front wheels inwards gt Turn rotary knob Q through 90 Cover 2 is released gt Push cover 2 down gt To install push cover 2 up gt Turn rotary knob Q through 90 Cover is locked Low beam headlamps halogen head lamps gt Remove the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 118 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clo
474. t will then not be deployed in the event of an accident Occupant safety ae Safety m zA Occupant safety Safety Depending on the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag must either be deactivated or enabled see the following points You must make sure of this both before and during a journey e Children in a child restraint system whether the front passenger front air bagis enabled or deactivated depends on the installed child restraint system and the age and size of the child Therefore be sure to observe the notes on the Occupant Clas sification System OCS gt page 49 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 56 There you will also find instructions on rear ward and forward facing child restraint sys tems on the front passenger seat All other persons depending on the clas sification of the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated gt page 49 Be sure to observe the notes on Seat belts gt page 42 and Air bags gt page 46 There you can also find infor mation on the correct seat position Seat belts Introduction Seat belts are the most effective means of restricting the movement of vehicle occu pants in the event of an accident or the vehi cle rolling over This reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being ejected from the vehicle
475. tale lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underin flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres sure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the sys tem detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will be repeated every time the vehi cle is started as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illu minated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incom patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tir
476. tant safety notes 0 0 0 280 Opening closing the garage door 282 Programming button in the rear VIEW MINTO aenneren 280 Synchronizing the rolling code 281 Gasoline 20 ecceeecceeeseecesteeeseeeeeeeees 354 Gear indicator on board com puter AMG vehicles 0 214 Genuine parts e 20 Glove POX 4 cescesesecsesteescssnsssteseeseees 263 Hazard warning lamps Display message s sicissscsseceniesss 245 Switching On Off sseresssvsissveresssereis 113 Head restraints AGjUSHING cacisccessssestsceerei asin balecesss 98 Adjusting manually n se 99 Adjusting rear pisirin 99 Headlamps Fogging UPiiicisrrrert s hesto siareises 115 see Automatic headlamp mode Heating see Climate control High beam flasher cesses 113 High beam headlamps Adaptive Highbeam Assist 114 Changing bulbs oe eeeeeeeeneees 118 Display message eeeeeseeseeeeeee 230 Switching on off seese 112 Hill start assist 145 HOLD function ACtivating sisccecusisisiiieaiieiisisisni 179 De activatihg scisiiiisipisctisciaei 179 Display message seee 235 Function not s caninas 178 Hood CIOSINE reee 287 Display message seee 244 Important safety notes 0 0 286 OPENIME esiis reene eE 286 Horea E EE 30 Hydroplaning 0 0 00 eee eeeeseeeneeeees 168 Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer 0 0 0 eeeeseeeseeceeteeeeees 71 Indicator and warning lamps COLLISION PREVENTION ASSI
477. tart the engine The display message disappears The restraint system is faulty The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop For further information about the restraint system see gt page 40 Fy On board computer and displays as Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Front Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Front Right Malfunction Service Required P Rear Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Rear Right Malfunction Service Required P Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required or Right Side Cur tain Airbag Mal function Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left hand or right hand restraint system has malfunc tioned The warning lamp also lights up in
478. ted in Audio 20 COMAND see the Digital Operator s Man ual gt Engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown with guide lines in the Audio 20 COMAND dis play The image from the rear view camera is available throughout the maneuvering process To deactivate the rear view camera deacti vates if you shift the transmission to P or after driving forwards a short distance Displays in the Audio 20 COMAND dis play The rear view camera may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The rear view camera does not show objects in the following positions e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e in the area immediately above the tailgate handle Driving systems fe oo a ge c 00 S kz m E Driving and parking E Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actually are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear section of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bot tom most guideline PHASIA Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the rear of the vehicle White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel vehicle width including the exterior mirrors static Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the
479. ter on off gt page 134 Switches the ZONE function on off gt page 132 Optimum use of d control Climate control system The following contains instructions and rec ommendations to enable you to get the most out of your dual zone automatic climate con trol e Activate climate control using the auro and ave buttons The indicator lamps in the auto and ae buttons light up e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode e Use the ZONE function to adopt the tem perature settings on the driver s side for the front passenger side as well The indi cator lamp in the zone button goes out e Use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deac tivated with the ignition switched off e If you change the settings of the climate control system the climate status display appears for approximately three seconds at the bottom of the screen in the Audio COMAND display see separate operating instructions You will see the current se
480. tery may be shorter The start ing characteristics can be impaired particu larly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Only charge the installed battery with a bat tery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz A battery charger unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available as an accessory It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion and availability Read the battery charg er s operating instructions before charging the battery staring oe Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection point consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point in the engine compartment A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty of clean water and seek medical attention A WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ven tilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNI
481. tes If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door or the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 71 There are several ways to turn off the alarm gt To turn the alarm off with the SmartKey press the g or button on the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt To deactivate the alarm with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button in the igni tion lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle or gt Lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically gt To unlock the fuel filler flap insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key Fii Hbi gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey For further information about e unlocking the driver s door gt page 83 e unlocking the trunk gt page 85 e locking the vehicle gt page 83 Inserting the mechanical key gt Push mechanical key completely into the SmartKey until it engages and release catch a is back in its basic position Important safety notes A WARNING Batteries contai
482. tes The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey Z WARNING If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it can not protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi tional injury for example in an accident dur ing braking or when abruptly changing direc tion This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants are seated properly with a correctly fastened seat belt Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING Persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height cannot fasten the seat belt correctly without an addi tional suitable restraint system If the seat belt is incorrectly fa
483. th your emergency spare wheel or spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warn ing notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are not being used correctly can impair the operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist work shop and inquire about e suitability e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on the sizes and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found under Wheel tire combinations gt page 345 Information on tire pressure can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar gt page 329 e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap gt page 159 e under Tire pressure gt page 322 Check the tire pressure when the vehicle is heavily laden and adjust prior to a trip While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteristics e g pulling to one side This may indicate that the wheels or tires are damaged If you sus pect that a tire is defective reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of d
484. that is too low may result in a tire blow out There is a risk of an accident e Check the tire for foreign objects e Check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking If you are unable to rectify the damage con tact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which can cause tire pressure loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pres sure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There is a risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve fo Wheels and tires Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitor the tire pressure can be checked in the on board computer The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is depend ent on the driving speed and the load Therefore you should only correct tire pres sures when the tires are cold e Wheels and tires The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked with the tires out of direct sunlight for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes dependin
485. the Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in con tacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave the entire literature in the vehicle so that it is available to the next owner If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalytic converter may not be available Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic con verter e the fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Unsuitable fuel can cause engine damage Some Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe through our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada I
486. the front interior lighting D Switches the rear interior lighting on off automatic interior lighting control off ing lamp on off Switches the automatic interior lighting control on Rear compartment control panel L To switch the left hand reading lamp on off L To switch the right hand reading lamp on off d Switches the left hand front reading aa Switches the front interior lighting d Switches the right hand front read Lights and windshield wipers rq fe Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers ea gt contr ol General notes In order to prevent the vehicle s battery from discharging the interior lighting functions are automatically deactivated after some time unless the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock The color and brightness for the ambient lighting may be set using COMAND or Audio 20 see the separate operating instructions Automatic interior lighting control gt To switch on set the switch to center position gt To switch off set the switch to the a position The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the SmartKey is removed from the igni tion lock This delayed switch off can be adjusted using COMA
487. the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the left hand or right hand window cur tain airbag The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be trig gered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Passenger The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee bag are Airbag Disabled deactivated during the journey although see Operator s Man an adult ual or e a person of the corresponding stature is on the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat the system may inter pret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is Z WARNING The front passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag may not be triggered in the event of an accident There is an increased risk of injury n board computer and displays gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying ro attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure
488. the mainte nance recommendations of the tire manufac turer in the vehicle document wallet Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e the same type of tires at a given time sum mer tires winter tires MOExtended tires Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 301 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop On the following pages you can find infor mation on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you would like to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires you may also in cer tain circumstances require rims of the appropriate size The size of the approved winter tires may deviate from that of the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equipment installed at the factory The tires and wheel rims as well as further information can be obtained at a qualified special
489. the speed stored oo pm iy a ge c bo S k m Driving systems Cruise control lever To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed Deactivating cruise control To activate at the current speed last stored speed L Driving and parking When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for five seconds Activation conditions To activate cruise control all of the following activation conditions must be fulfilled e the electric parking brake must be released e ESP must be active but not intervening e the transmission must be in position D Storing maintaining and calling up a speed Storing and maintaining the current speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs
490. the vehicle If the anti theft alarm system is activated for longer than 30 seconds the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center is automatically notified Vehicle Health Check With the Vehicle Health Check the Customer Assistance Center can provide improved sup port for problems with your vehicle During an existing call vehicle data is transferred to the Customer Assistance Center The customer service representative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistance is required You are then for example guided to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or a recovery vehicle is called If vehicle data needs to be transferred during an MB Info call or a Roadside Assistance call this is initiated by the Customer Assistance Center The Roadside Assistance Connected message appears in the display If the Vehicle Health Check can be started the Request for Vehicle Diagnostics Received Start vehicle diagnostics message appears in the display gt Press the Yes button to confirm the mes sage gt When the Vehicle Diagnostics Please Start Ignition message appears turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt Ifthe Please follow the instruc tions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position message appears please follow the instructions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position The message in the display disappears The vehicle operating stat
491. the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Switch the ignition off gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the center console and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has disabled the front passenger front air bag gt page 49 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual orFront Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS clas sifies the occupant a Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions
492. therwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged e you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps Battery vehicle Otherwise the vehicle s electronic sys tem may be damaged e in vehicles with automatic transmission the transmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehi cle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Comply with safety precautions and take pro tective measures when handling batteries V gt amp Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the bat tery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Avoid con tact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use batteries which have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz These batteries provide increased impact protection to prevent vehi cle occupants from suffering acid burns should the battery be damaged in the event of an accident
493. therwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Only refuel using unleaded premium grade gasoline with at least 91 AKI 95 RON H Only use the fuel recommended Operat ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead to engine failure H Do not use the following e E85 gasoline with 85 ethanol e E100 100 ethanol e M15 gasoline with 15 methanol e M30 gasoline with 30 methanol e M85 gasoline with 85 methanol e M100 100 methanol e Gasoline with metalliferous additives e Diesel Do not mix such fuels with the fuel recom mended for your vehicle Do not use addi tives Otherwise engine damage may occur This does not include cleaning addi tives for the removal and prevention of res idue build up Gasoline may only be mixed with cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes Benz see Additives You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center H To ensure the longevity and full perform ance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If standard unleaded gasoline is unavaila ble and you have to refuel with unleaded gasoline of a lower grade observe the fol lowing precautions e Only fill the fuel tank to half full with reg ular unleaded gasoline and fill the rest w
494. therwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are switched off gt Pull release lever 4 on the hood The hood is released gt Reach into the gap between the hood and the radiator trim and press hood catch lever 2 to the left gt Raise the hood gt Pull support strut out of bracket gt Lift up support strut and insert it into yellow retaining clip Closing the hood gt Raise the hood slightly and at the same time remove support strut from yellow retaining clip gt Swing support strut down and press it into bracket until it engages gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Do not press the hood closed Open the hood again and close it with a little more force General notes Depending on your driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 liters of oil per 600 miles 1 000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds Depending on the engine the oil dipstick may be in a different location When checking the oil level E Maintenance and care e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for approximately five minutes if the engine is at norma
495. tically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 141 gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out If the battery voltage is too low the seat heating may switch off Seats steering wheel and mirrors rc Steering wheel Problems with the seat heating Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Problem The seat heating has switched off prema turely or cannot be switched on Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con sumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat heating will switch back on automatically Steering wheel Before starting off make sure the steering Important safety notes wheel is locked Never unlock the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat he ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the
496. tion Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 341 At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehi cle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires perma nently Mercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Z WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accident M S tires with a tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm must be replaced immediately At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use win ter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires bearing the 4 snowflake symbol in addition to the M S marking pro vide the best possible grip in wintry road con ditions Only these tires will allow driving safety systems such as ABS and ESP to function optimally in winter These tires have been developed specifically for d
497. tion P if e the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the driver s door is open e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function The electric parking brake secures the vehicle automatically if DISTRONIC PLUS is activated when the vehicle is stationary and e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient If a malfunction in the electric parking brake occurs then the transmission may also be shifted into position P automatically Setting a speed To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or a lower speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set gt Press the cruise control lever up for a higher speed or down for a lower speed DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal If you accel erate to overtake DISTRONIC PLUS adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished over taking Driving systems Setting the specified minimum distance You can set the specified minimum distance for DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time span between one and two seconds With this func tion you can set the minimum distance that DISTRONIC PLUS keeps to the vehicle in front dependent on vehicle speed You can see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 176 Make sure that you
498. tions in the Serv menu e Calling up display messages in message memory gt page 217 e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system Canada only gt page 326 e Checking the tire pressure electronically USA only gt page 326 e Calling up the service due date gt page 291 Settings menu Introduction i On board computer and displays Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle In the Sett menu you have the fol lowing options e Changing the instrument cluster settings e Changing the light settings e Changing the vehicle settings e Changing the convenience settings e Restoring the factory settings Instrument cluster Unit of measurement for distance The Display Unit Speed Odometer function allows you to choose whether cer tain displays appear in kilometers or miles in the multifunction display gt Press the lt q or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm ob Menus and submenus Lice On board computer and displays gt Press the W or A button to select the Display Unit Speed Odometer func tion You will see the selected setting km or miles gt Press the OK The selected unit of measurement for dis tance applies to button to save the setting e digital
499. to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ibs 18 kg until they reach a height where a three point seat belt fits properly without a booster seat Special seat belt retractor WARNING If the seat belt is released while driving the child restraint system will no longer be secured properly The special seat belt retrac tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a portion of the seat belt The seat belt cannot be immediately refastened There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Stop the vehicle immediately paying atten tion to road and traffic conditions Reactivate the special seat belt retractor and secure the child restraint system properly All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retrac tor ensures that the seat belt will not slacken once the child restraint system has been secured Installing a child restraint system gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt outlet gt Engage the seat belt tongue in the belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is activated
500. to the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go to position The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 77 If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechani cal key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the trunk lid gt Press the locking button on the driver s door gt page 82 gt Check whether the locking knobs on the front passenger door and the rear doors vw are still visible Press down the locking knobs by hand if necessary gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 76 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the emergency key element clockwise as far as it will go to position gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Make sure that the doors and the trunk lid are locked gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 77 If you lock the vehicle as described above the fuel filler flap is not locked The anti theft alarm system is not armed Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the
501. trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open Opening and closing i oi ea Opening and closing i Z WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 359 You should preferably place luggage or loads in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk You could otherwise lock yourself out The trunk lid can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened automatically from outside e opened automatically from inside e unlocked from inside with the mechanical key Opening closing from outside Opening gt Press the a gt Pull handle 1 gt Raise the trunk lid button on the SmartKey Closing
502. ts on the circuit and their functions stop operating Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Before changing a fuse gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box in the engine compartment on the left hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e Fuse box in the front passenger footwell The fuse allocation chart is on the fuse box in the front passenger footwell gt page 316 _ Fuse box in the engine compartment Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Open the hood gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box
503. tting If you activate the residual heat function at high temperatures only the ventilation will be activated The blower runs at medium speed Sem c oO Oo S You cannot use the ventilation to cool the vehicle interior to a temperature lower than the outside temperature Switching on off gt Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock or remove it gt page 141 gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the rest button lights up gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the out REST button button goes REST REST Residual heat is deactivated automati cally e after approximately 30 minutes e when the ignition is switched on e if the battery voltage drops Climate control a Important safety notes N WARNING Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in burns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air out lets If necessary redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior please observe the following notes e keep the air inlet between the windshield and the hood free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e nev
504. u can raise the sliding sunroof If contact is made with a roof carrier approved by Mercedes Benz the sliding sunroof lowers slightly but remains raised at the rear Rain closing feature The rain closing feature is only available for vehicles with a rain sensor When the SmartKey is in position 0 in the ignition lock or is removed the sliding sunroof closes automatically e if it starts to rain e at extreme outside temperatures e after six hours e if there is a malfunction in the power supply The sliding sunroof remains raised at the rear in order to allow ventilation of the vehicle interior If the sliding sunroof is obstructed while being closed by the rain closing feature it opens again slightly The rain closing fea ture is then deactivated The sliding sunroof does not close if e it is raised at the rear e it is blocked e no rain is falling on the area of the wind shield being monitored by the rain sensor e g because the vehicle is under a bridge Operating the roller sunblind for the sliding sunroof Important safety notes Z WARNING When opening or closing the roller sunblind parts of the body could be trapped between the roller sunblind and the frame or sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury When opening or closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during auto
505. u exit the parking space e you need to have parked using Active Park ing Assist e the border of the parking space must be high enough at the front and the rear A curb is too small for example e the border of the parking space must not be too wide as the position of the vehicle must not exceed an angle of 45 to the starting position as it is maneuvering into the park ing space e a maneuvering distance of at least 3 3 ft 1 0 m must be available Active Parking Assist can only assist you with exiting a parking space if you have parked the vehicle parallel to the direction of travel using Active Parking Assist If PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking Assist brakes automatically whilst the vehicle exits the parking space You are responsible for braking in good time d parking c b0 2 a Driving systems gt Start the engine gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch on the turn signal in the direction you are pulling away gt Shift the transmission to position D or R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No message appears in the multifunction dis play 5 gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To exit a parking space using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifu
506. ualified spe cialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may no longer work properly Monitoring range of the sensors In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike or bicycle e the road has very wide lanes e the road has narrow lanes e you are not driving in the middle of the lane e there are barriers or similar lane borders Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if the vehicles are driving on the inner side of their lane Driving systems Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e warnings may be interrupted when driving alongside particularly long vehicles e g trucks for a prolonged time Warning display Warning display Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Wh
507. uld drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires Active Parking Assist may possibly indicate parking spaces which are not suitable for parking for example e where parking or stopping is prohibited e in front of driveways or entrances and exits e on unsuitable surfaces Parking tips e On narrow roads drive as close to the park ing space as possible e Parking spaces that are littered or over grown might be identified or measured incorrectly e Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC gt page 182 warning messages during the parking procedure e Youcan intervene in the steering procedure to correct it at any time Active Parking Assist will then be canceled e When transporting a load which protrudes from your vehicle you should not use Active Parking Assist e Never use Active Parking Assist when snow chains are installed e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct influence on the parking characteristics of the vehi cle Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces e that are parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road
508. ulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and func tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving General information BAS operates in emergency braking situa tions If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 A WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated General information COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS con sists of a distance warning function with an autonomous emergency braking function and adaptive Brake Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically If you do not react to the visual and audible collision warning autonomous braking can
509. un flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only cer tain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz Cer tain characteristics e g handling vehicle noise emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addi tion when driving with a load tire dimen sion variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in dam age to the tires or the vehicle Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tes ted and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop Overview of abbreviations used in the follow ing tire tables e BA both axles e FA front axle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e on the Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Observe the notes on recommended tire pressures under various operating conditions gt page 322 Wheel and tire combinations Check tire pressures regularly and only when the tires are cold Comply with
510. unction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop io On board computer and displays Useful information eee 262 Loading guidelines 006 262 Stowage areas ceceecceeeteeeeeees 263 Features ee teers setae 268 m Stowage and features ra Loading guidelines Stowage and features Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Loading guidelines Z WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion
511. unit of measure for tire pressure Aspect ratio Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent Tire pressure This is pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to each square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold Cold tire pressure The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km Tread The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road Bead The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim Sidewall The part of the tire between the tread and the bead Weight of optional extras The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard parts and more than 2 3 kg 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high performance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accesso ries TIN Tire Identification Number This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN i
512. ur dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty H Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty QR codes for the rescue card The QR codes are secured in the fuel filler flap and on the opposite side on the B pillar In the event of an accident rescue services can use the QR code to quickly find the appropriate rescue card for your vehicle The current res cue card contains the most important infor mation about your vehicle in a compact form e g the routing of the electric cables You can find more information under https portal aftersales i daimler com public content asportal en communication informationen_fuer QRCode html Data stored in the vehicle Data recording This vehicle is capable of recording diagnostic information relating to vehicle operation mal functions and user settings This may include information about the
513. ures and check the pressure of all the tires includ ing the spare wheel e monthly at least e if the load changes e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving If necessary correct the tire pressure Wheels and tires The specifications on the sample Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pres sure tables are examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressure specifications that are valid for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pres sure table on the vehicle General notes The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here Further information on tire pressures can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop f HP wEMATA EJHA oe LEN PML ee Pal OEE Recommended tire pressures The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 329 The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed Tire pressure table The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel filler flap et LL Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory
514. urrently Unavailable TirePress Sen sor s Missing Tire Pressure Mon itor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors Tire Press Moni tor Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions USA only The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display A WARNING Driving with a flat tire poses a risk of the following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 160 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 300 USA only Because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves no signals from the tire pressure sensors are detected The tire pressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning gt Drive on The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been resolved USA only There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a
515. valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example e when starting the engine e whilst driving e when the external door handles are touched e during convenience closing miT aS f PRLE 1 77 gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle touch sensor sur face or Make sure that you do not touch the inner surface of the door handle gt Convenience closing feature touch recessed sensor surface 2 for an exten ded period Further information on the convenience closing feature gt page 88 gt To unlock the trunk lid pull the handle on the trunk lid SmartKey Opening and closing Py SmartKey Opening and closing bod Deactivating and activating If you do not intend to use the vehicle for a longer period of time you can deactivate KEY LESS GO The SmartKey will then use very lit tle power thereby conserving battery power For the purposes of activation deactivation the vehicle must not be nearby gt To deactivate press the button on the SmartKey twice in rapid succession The battery check lamp of the SmartKey gt page 77 lights up twice briefly and KEYLESS GO is deactivated gt To activate press any button on the SmartKey or insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock KEYLESS GO and all of its associated fea tures are available again Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any o
516. vehicle e Try to avoid depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance kick down e Ideally for the first 1000 miles 1500 km drive in program E After 1 000 miles 1 500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and bring the vehicle to full speed Additional breaking in notes for AMG vehi cles e Do not drive faster than 85 mph 140 km h for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km e Only allow the engine to reach a maximum engine speed of 4 500 rpm briefly e Change gear in good time You should also observe these notes on breaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced Always observe the respective speed limits Driving Important safetynotes A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another Z WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of
517. ver use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to ful fill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed You could otherwise cause engine damage or damage to the exhaust gas aftertreatment Follow the instructions in the service inter val display regarding the oil change Other wise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment When handling engine oil observe the impor tant safety notes on service products gt page 353 The engine oils are matched to the perform ance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals You should therefore only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with maintenance systems For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Or visit the website http bevo mercedes benz com ra Service products and filling capacities The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle Model MB Approval All models 22955 Use only SAE OW 40 or SAE 5W 40 engine oils for AMG vehicles MB approval is indicated on the oil con tainers Filling capacities The following values refer to an oil change including the oil filter Model AMG vehicles Capacity 5 8 US qt 5 5 1 All other models 5 9 US qt 5 6 1 Additives H Do not use any additives in the
518. ving characteristics gt All vehicles except AMG vehicles press program selector button Q The selected drive program appears in the multifunction display E Driving and parking _ Driving and parking Automatic transmission gt AMG vehicles press program selector button Q The selected drive program appears in the multifunction display When the engine is started the automatic transmission always switches to automatic drive program E drive program C in AMG vehicles All vehicles except AMG vehicles E Economy Comfortable economical driving S Sport Sporty driving style M Manual Manual gear shifting AMG vehicles C Controlled Comfortable economical Efficiency driving S Sport Sporty driving style M Manual Manual gear shifting For further information on the automatic drive program see gt page 154 A Steering wheel paddle shifters Left steering wheel paddle shifter shifts down Right steering wheel paddle shifter shifts up In drive program M you can change gear yourself using the steering wheel paddle shift ers If you pull the left or right steering wheel pad dle shifter when in automatic drive program E drive program C on AMG vehicles or S the automatic transmission shifts into drive pro gram M for a limited time Depending on which paddle shifter is pulled the automatic transmission immediately shifts into the next gear down or up AMG vehicles you can
519. witch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 359 Opening tides You can open the trunk lid from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary and unlocked gt To open pull remote operating switch for trunk lid Q until the trunk lid opens General notes H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 359 If the trunk lid can no longer be unlocked Opening and closing E e using the SmartKey or e using the remote operating switch in the door control panel Use the emergency release on the inside of the trunk lid You can reach the emergency release via the trunk Opening gt Fold the rear seat backrest forwards page 266 gt Insert a suitable tool e g a screwdriver into opening Q in the paneling The trunk lid is released gt Open the trunk lid Opening and closing Emergency release button You can open the trunk lid from inside the vehicle with the emergency release button gt Press emergency release button Q briefly The trunk lid
520. y remotely locked within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time remote closing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be locked remotely The vehicle remote closing feature is availa ble if the relevant mobile phone network is available and a data connection is possible gt Contact the following service hotlines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 You will be asked for your password The next time you are inside the vehicle and you switch on the ignition the Doors Locked Remotely message appears in the multifunction display Alternatively the vehicle can be locked via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g for iPhone Android To do this you will need your identification number and password E Stowage and features Stowage and features Stolen vehicle recovery service If your vehicle has been stolen gt Notify the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt This number will be forwarded to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter together with your PIN The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center then tries to locate the system The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter contacts you and the local law enforce ment agency if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement agency is informed of the location of
521. you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint is adjus ted properly gt page 98 When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by the center of the head restraint gt Observe the safety notes on steering col umn adjustment gt page 102 gt Make sure that steering wheel is adjus ted properly Adjusting the steering wheel gt page 102 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instru ment cluster clearly gt Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 42 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt properly gt page 44 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoulder e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mir ror and the exterior mirrors gt page 103 in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions gt Vehicles with a memory function save the seat and exterior mirror settings gt page 106 Important safety notes Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended

View Brochure - Mercedes

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents